1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil
)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil
)
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14807 56557))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil
)
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil
)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil
)
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil
)
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14660
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
257 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14763 31071))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
315 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
356 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil
)
363 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil
)
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil
)
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil
)
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14723 62215))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
407 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
408 ;;;;;; (14642 37233))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
411 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
413 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
415 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
416 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
417 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
421 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
422 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
423 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
424 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008))
425 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
427 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
428 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
429 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
430 as the first thing on a line.")
432 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
433 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
435 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
436 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
438 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
439 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
441 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
442 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
444 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
445 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
447 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
448 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
450 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
451 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
452 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
454 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
455 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
456 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
458 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
459 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
461 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
462 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
463 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
464 put in the appointments list.
468 10:00am group meeting
469 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
470 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
471 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
475 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
476 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14671
478 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
480 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
481 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
483 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
485 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
486 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
487 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
488 normal variables." t nil
)
490 (fset (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
492 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
493 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
494 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
495 noninteractive functions.
497 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
498 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
500 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
501 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
502 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
503 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
504 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
506 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
507 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
508 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
509 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
510 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
512 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
513 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
514 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
515 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
517 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
521 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14665
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
525 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
526 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
527 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
528 Letters no longer insert themselves.
529 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
530 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
532 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
533 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
536 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
540 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
541 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
543 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
544 Major mode for editing arrays.
546 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
547 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
548 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
550 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
552 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
553 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
554 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
556 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
557 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
558 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
559 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
562 Variables you assign:
563 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
564 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
565 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
566 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
567 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
568 row numbers in the buffer.
570 Variables which are calculated:
571 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
572 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
574 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
575 take a numeric prefix argument):
577 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
578 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
579 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
580 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
582 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
583 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
584 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
585 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
587 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
588 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
589 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
590 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
592 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
593 between that of point and mark.
595 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
596 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
598 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
599 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
600 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
601 newlines inside rows)
603 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
605 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
609 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14807
611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
613 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
614 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
615 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
617 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
618 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
619 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
620 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
622 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
623 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
625 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
626 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
628 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
636 ;;;### (autoloads (authors) "authors" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" (14807
638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/authors.el
640 (autoload (quote authors
) "authors" "\
641 Extract author information from change logs and Lisp source files.
642 ROOT is the root directory under which to find the files. If called
643 interactively, ROOT is read from the minibuffer. Result is a
644 buffer *Authors* containing authorship information." t nil
)
648 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
650 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
652 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
655 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
656 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
660 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
661 ;;;;;; (14651 36399))
662 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
664 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
665 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
666 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
668 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
669 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
670 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
671 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
672 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
673 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
676 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
677 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
678 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
679 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
680 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
682 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil
)
684 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
685 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
686 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
687 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
688 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
689 &c to supply digit arguments.
691 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil
)
695 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
696 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
699 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
700 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
704 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
705 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14807 56557))
706 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
708 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
709 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
710 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
712 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
713 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
714 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
715 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
717 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
718 Toggle Auto-Insert mode.
719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
720 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
722 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert
) (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
724 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote autoinsert
))
726 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
727 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
728 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
729 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
731 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
732 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
736 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
737 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
738 ;;;;;; (14659 23014))
739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
741 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
742 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
743 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil
)
745 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
746 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
747 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
749 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
750 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
751 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
755 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
756 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
757 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
758 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
760 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
761 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
763 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
766 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
767 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
769 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
770 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
772 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
774 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
776 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
777 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
779 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
780 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
781 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
783 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
784 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
786 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
787 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
789 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
790 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
792 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
793 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
794 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
798 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
799 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14743 46413))
800 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
802 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
803 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
804 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
806 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
808 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
810 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
812 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
813 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
814 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
815 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
817 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
818 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
819 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
821 Effects of the different modes:
822 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
823 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
824 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
825 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
826 a random distance & direction.
827 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
828 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
829 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
831 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
833 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
834 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
835 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
839 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14807
841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
843 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
844 Major mode for editing AWK code.
845 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
846 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
847 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
849 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
850 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
854 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
855 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
856 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
858 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
859 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
861 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
862 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
866 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
867 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
868 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
869 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
871 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
873 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
877 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
878 ;;;;;; (14693 54461))
879 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
881 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
882 Display battery status information in the echo area.
883 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
884 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
886 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
887 Display battery status information in the mode line.
888 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
889 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
890 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
895 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14505
897 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
899 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
900 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
902 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
903 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
904 version information already added. You just need to add a description
905 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
909 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
911 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
912 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
913 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
914 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
915 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
917 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
918 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
919 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
920 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
921 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
922 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
924 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
925 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
931 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
933 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
934 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
935 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
936 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
937 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
938 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
940 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
941 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
943 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
944 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
945 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
947 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
948 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
949 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
951 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
952 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
954 The following may be of interest as well:
962 bibtex-complete-string
964 bibtex-print-help-message
965 bibtex-generate-autokey
966 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
968 bibtex-reposition-window
970 bibtex-ispell-abstract
972 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
981 bibtex-field-delimiters
982 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
983 bibtex-include-OPTkey
984 bibtex-user-optional-fields
986 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
987 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
988 bibtex-entry-field-alist
989 bibtex-predefined-strings
992 ---------------------------------------------------------
993 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
996 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
1000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14791 27196))
1001 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1003 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1007 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1009 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1011 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1012 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1017 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1018 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1019 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1020 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1021 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1026 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1027 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1030 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1033 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1034 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1036 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1037 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1039 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1040 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1041 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1042 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1043 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1044 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1048 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1050 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1051 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1052 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1053 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1055 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1056 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1057 denoted by the letter `R'.
1059 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1060 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1061 denoted by the letter `H'.
1063 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1066 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1067 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1068 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1069 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1070 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1071 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1074 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1075 degree deflection it causes.
1078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1079 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1080 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1081 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1082 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1088 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1089 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1093 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1094 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1095 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1097 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1098 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1099 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1101 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1102 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1103 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1104 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1105 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1106 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1107 emerging from the box.
1109 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1112 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1114 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1115 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1116 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1120 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1121 a reflection." t nil
)
1125 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1126 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1127 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1128 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1129 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1130 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14653 63162))
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1132 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1133 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1134 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1136 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1137 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1138 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1139 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1140 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1141 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1143 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1145 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1147 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1149 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1151 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1153 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1155 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1157 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1159 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1161 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1163 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1165 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1167 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1169 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook
) (function (lambda nil
(and (featurep (quote bookmark
)) bookmark-alist
(bookmark-time-to-save-p t
) (bookmark-save)))))
1171 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1172 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1173 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1174 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1175 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1176 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1177 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1178 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1181 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1182 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1183 yank successive words.
1185 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1186 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1187 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1188 name of the file being visited.
1190 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1191 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1192 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1194 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1195 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1196 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1197 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1198 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1201 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1202 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1203 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1204 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1206 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1207 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1208 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1209 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1210 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1212 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1213 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1214 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1215 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1217 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1219 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1220 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1221 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1222 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1224 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1225 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1226 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1228 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1229 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1232 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1233 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1234 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1235 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1236 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1239 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1240 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1241 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1242 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1243 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1244 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1245 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1246 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1248 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1249 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1250 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1252 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1253 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1254 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1255 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1258 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1259 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1260 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1261 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1262 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1264 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1265 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1266 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1267 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1269 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1270 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1271 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1272 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1273 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1276 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1277 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1278 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1279 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1280 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1283 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1284 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1285 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1286 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1288 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1289 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1290 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1291 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1292 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1294 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1296 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1298 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1299 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1300 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1301 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1302 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1305 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1306 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1307 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1309 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1310 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1311 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1312 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1313 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1316 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1317 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1318 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1320 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1321 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1322 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1324 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1325 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1326 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1328 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1329 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1330 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1331 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1332 prompts for NEWNAME.
1333 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1334 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1335 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1337 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1338 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1341 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1342 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1343 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1345 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1346 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1347 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1348 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1349 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1350 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1352 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1353 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1354 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1356 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1358 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1360 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1362 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1364 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1366 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1368 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1370 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1372 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1374 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1376 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1378 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1382 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1383 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1384 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1385 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1386 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1387 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1388 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1389 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1390 ;;;;;; (14801 17449))
1391 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1393 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1394 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1395 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1396 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1398 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1399 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1400 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1401 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1402 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1404 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1405 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1406 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1407 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1408 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1410 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1411 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1413 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1414 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1415 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1417 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1418 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1420 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1421 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1422 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1423 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1424 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1425 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1427 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1428 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1429 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1430 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1433 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1434 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1436 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1437 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1439 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1440 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1441 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1442 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1444 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1445 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1446 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1447 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1449 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1450 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1451 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1452 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1453 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1456 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1457 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1460 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1462 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1463 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1464 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1465 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1467 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1468 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1470 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1471 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1473 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1474 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1475 program is invoked according to the variable
1476 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1478 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1479 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1480 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1481 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1483 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1484 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1486 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1487 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1488 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1490 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1491 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1492 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1493 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1495 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1496 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1497 Default to the URL around or before point.
1499 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1500 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1501 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1503 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1504 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1505 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1506 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1508 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1509 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1511 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1512 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1513 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1515 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1516 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1517 Default to the URL around or before point.
1519 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1520 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1521 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1523 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1524 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1526 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1527 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1528 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1529 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1531 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1532 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1533 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1534 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1535 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1537 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1538 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1539 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1540 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1542 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1543 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1544 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1545 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1547 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1548 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1550 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1551 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1552 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1554 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1555 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1556 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1557 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1558 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1561 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1562 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1563 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1564 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1566 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1567 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1569 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1570 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1571 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1572 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1573 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1574 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1578 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1582 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1583 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1585 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1586 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1590 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1591 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14747 44732))
1592 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1594 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1595 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1596 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1597 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1599 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1600 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1601 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1602 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1604 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1605 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1607 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1608 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1610 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1611 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1612 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1613 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1615 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1616 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1617 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1618 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1619 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1623 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1624 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1625 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1626 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14799 60781))
1627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1629 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1630 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1631 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1633 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1634 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1635 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1636 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1638 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1639 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1640 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1641 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1643 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1645 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1646 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1648 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1649 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1650 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1651 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1652 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1654 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1655 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1656 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1657 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1659 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1660 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1661 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1663 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1664 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1665 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1666 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1667 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1668 all functions called by those functions.
1670 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1671 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1674 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1675 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1676 invoked interactively." t nil)
1678 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1679 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1680 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1681 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1682 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1683 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1685 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1686 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1687 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1688 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1693 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1695 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1697 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1701 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1702 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1703 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1705 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1706 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1707 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1708 from the cursor position." t nil)
1712 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14747
1714 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1716 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1717 Run the pocket calculator.
1718 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1722 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1723 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1724 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1725 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1726 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1727 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1728 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1729 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1730 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1731 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1732 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1733 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1734 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1735 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1736 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1737 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1738 ;;;;;; (14792 2663))
1739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1741 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1742 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1743 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1745 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1746 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1747 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1748 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1751 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1752 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1753 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1754 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1755 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1757 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1758 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1759 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
1760 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1761 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1762 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1763 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1765 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1766 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1767 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1768 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1769 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1771 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1772 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1773 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1775 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1776 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1777 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1779 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1780 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1781 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1783 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1784 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1785 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1788 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1789 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1790 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1792 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1793 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1794 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1796 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1798 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1799 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1800 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1802 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1805 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1806 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1807 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1809 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1812 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1813 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1814 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1816 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1817 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1818 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1819 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1820 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1822 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1823 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1824 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1825 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1826 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1827 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1828 a function is also provided for this:
1829 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1831 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1832 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1833 date is not visible in the window.
1835 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1836 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1837 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1839 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1840 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1842 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1843 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1844 date is visible in the window.
1846 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1847 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1848 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1850 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1851 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1855 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1857 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1859 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1860 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1862 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1870 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1871 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1872 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1873 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1874 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1875 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1876 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1877 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1880 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1881 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1882 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1890 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1891 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1893 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1894 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1895 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1896 window but will appear in a diary window.
1898 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1899 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1901 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1902 entries (in the default American style):
1904 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1905 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1906 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1908 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1909 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1910 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1911 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1912 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1913 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1914 &* 15 time cards due.
1916 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1917 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1918 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1922 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1923 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1924 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1925 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1926 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1927 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1929 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1930 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1931 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1933 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1935 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1937 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1938 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1939 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1940 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1941 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1942 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1943 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1944 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1945 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1947 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1948 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1949 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1950 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1951 for these functions for details.
1953 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1954 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1956 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1957 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1959 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1960 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1962 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1963 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1965 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1966 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1967 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1969 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1970 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
1971 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1973 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1974 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1975 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1976 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1978 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1979 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1980 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1981 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1989 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1990 characters with or without a period.")
1992 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1993 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1994 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1996 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1997 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1998 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2000 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2001 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2002 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2004 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2005 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2006 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2008 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2009 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2010 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2011 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2012 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2013 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2015 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2016 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2017 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2019 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2020 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2021 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2024 #include \"filename\"
2026 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2027 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2028 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2029 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2030 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2032 For example, you could use
2034 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2035 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2036 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2038 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2039 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2040 lexicographic order.")
2042 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2043 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2044 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2046 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2047 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2048 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2051 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2052 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2053 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2054 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2055 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2056 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2057 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2059 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2060 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2061 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2062 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2063 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2064 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2065 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2066 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2068 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2069 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2070 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2071 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2072 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2073 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2075 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2076 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2078 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2079 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2080 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2082 #include \"filename\"
2083 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2084 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2085 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2086 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2087 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2089 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2090 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2091 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2092 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2093 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2094 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2096 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2097 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2098 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2101 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2102 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2103 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2104 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2105 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2107 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2109 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2110 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2111 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2113 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2115 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2117 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2119 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2121 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2123 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2125 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2127 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2128 *User defined holidays.
2129 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2131 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2133 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2135 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2137 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2139 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2141 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2143 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2145 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2147 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2149 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2151 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2153 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2155 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2156 *Christian holidays.
2157 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2159 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2161 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2163 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2165 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2167 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2168 *Sun-related holidays.
2169 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2171 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2173 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2174 The frame set up of the calendar.
2175 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2176 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2177 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2178 any other value the current frame is used.")
2180 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2181 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2182 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14716 9285))
2187 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2189 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2190 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2192 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2193 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2195 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2196 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2198 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2199 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2201 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2202 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2204 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2205 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2209 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2210 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2211 ;;;;;; (14716 9257))
2212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2214 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2216 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2217 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2218 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2219 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2220 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2221 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2225 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2226 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2230 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2232 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2233 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2234 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2235 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2236 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2237 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2240 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2242 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2243 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2244 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2247 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2249 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2250 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2251 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2252 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2253 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2254 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2257 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2259 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2260 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2264 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2266 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2267 Major mode for editing Java code.
2268 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2269 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2270 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2271 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2274 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2276 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2277 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2278 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2279 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2280 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2283 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2285 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2286 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2287 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2288 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2289 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2290 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2293 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2295 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2296 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2297 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2300 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2302 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2303 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2305 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2306 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2307 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2312 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2313 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2314 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2317 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2321 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2322 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14716 9239))
2323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2325 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2326 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2327 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2328 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2329 for details of setting up styles.
2331 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2334 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2335 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2336 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2337 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2340 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2341 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2342 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2344 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2345 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2346 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2347 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2349 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2351 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2352 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2353 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2355 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2356 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2357 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2358 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2359 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14716 9199))
2364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2366 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2367 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2368 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2369 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2370 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2372 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2373 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2375 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2380 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2381 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2382 ;;;;;; (14747 44775))
2383 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2385 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2386 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2388 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2389 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2391 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2392 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2394 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2395 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2396 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2397 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2400 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2402 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2403 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2405 CCL-PROGRAM is has this form:
2406 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2410 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2411 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2412 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2415 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2416 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2417 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2418 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2420 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2421 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2424 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2426 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2428 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2431 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2434 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2435 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2436 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2439 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2441 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
2442 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2443 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2445 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2447 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2449 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2450 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2452 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2456 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2458 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2460 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2461 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2464 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2465 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2468 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2470 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2471 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2472 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2473 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2474 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2475 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2476 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2477 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2478 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2479 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2480 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2481 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2482 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2483 ;; to ((CODE0 << 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2484 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2485 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2488 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2489 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2491 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2492 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2494 | (write EXPRESSION)
2495 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2496 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2499 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2502 ;; Same as: (write string)
2504 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2505 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2506 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2509 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2510 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2511 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2512 ;; 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2513 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2514 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2516 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2517 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2519 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2522 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2523 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2524 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2526 ARG := REG | integer
2529 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2532 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2535 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2538 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2539 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2542 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2543 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2544 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2547 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2548 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2549 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2552 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2553 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2555 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2556 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2557 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2560 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2561 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2564 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2565 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2567 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2570 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2574 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2575 ;; Same meaning as C code
2576 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2578 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2583 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2584 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2587 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2588 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2592 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2596 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2597 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2599 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2600 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2601 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2602 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2603 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2605 " nil (quote macro))
2607 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2608 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2609 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2610 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2611 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2612 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2614 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2615 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2616 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2618 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2622 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2623 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2624 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2625 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2626 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2627 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2628 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2629 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2630 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2633 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2634 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2635 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2636 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2638 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2639 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2640 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2641 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2642 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2643 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2644 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2645 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2647 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2648 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2649 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2650 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2651 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2652 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2653 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2654 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2656 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2657 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2658 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2659 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2660 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2662 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2663 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2664 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2665 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2666 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2668 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2669 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2670 Only documentation strings are checked.
2671 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2672 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2673 a separate buffer." t nil)
2675 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2676 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2677 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2678 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2679 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2681 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2682 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2683 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2684 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2686 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2688 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2689 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2690 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2692 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2693 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2694 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2695 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2696 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2698 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2699 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2700 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2701 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2702 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2703 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2705 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2706 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2707 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2708 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2710 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2711 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2712 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2713 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2715 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2716 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2717 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2718 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2720 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2721 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2722 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2723 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2725 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2726 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2727 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2728 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2730 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2731 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2732 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2733 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2735 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2736 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2737 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2738 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2740 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2741 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2742 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2743 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2745 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2746 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2747 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2748 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2750 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2751 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2752 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2754 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2755 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2756 checking of documentation strings.
2758 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2762 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2763 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
2765 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2767 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2768 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2769 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2771 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2772 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2774 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2775 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2776 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2778 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2779 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2783 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2784 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2785 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2787 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2788 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2789 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2790 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2791 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2792 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2794 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2795 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2796 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2797 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2798 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2800 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2802 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2803 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2804 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2805 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2806 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2808 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2809 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2810 \\{command-history-map}
2812 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2813 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14753 5298))
2818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2820 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2821 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2822 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2823 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2824 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2825 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2827 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2828 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2832 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2833 ;;;;;; (14735 57398))
2834 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2836 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2840 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2841 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2842 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2844 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2845 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2846 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2847 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2849 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2850 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2851 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2853 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2854 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2858 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
2860 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2862 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2863 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2864 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2865 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2866 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2867 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2868 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2869 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2873 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2874 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2875 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14720 1500))
2876 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2878 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2879 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2880 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2883 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2884 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2885 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2886 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2888 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2889 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2890 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2892 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2893 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2894 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2896 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2897 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2898 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2900 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2901 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2903 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2904 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2905 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2907 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2908 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2910 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2911 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2913 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2914 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2915 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2919 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2920 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2921 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14807 56558))
2922 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2924 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2925 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2926 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2927 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2928 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2929 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2930 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2931 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2933 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2935 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2936 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2937 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2938 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2939 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2940 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2942 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2943 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2944 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2946 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2948 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2949 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2950 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2952 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2954 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2955 Send COMMAND to current process.
2956 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2957 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2959 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2960 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2961 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2962 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2966 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2968 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2970 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2971 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2972 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2973 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2975 This command pushes the mark in each window
2976 at the prior location of point in that window.
2977 If both windows display the same buffer,
2978 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2979 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2981 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2982 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2983 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2987 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2988 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2989 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2990 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14747 44776))
2991 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2993 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2994 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2996 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2997 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2999 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3000 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3001 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3002 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3003 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3005 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3006 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3007 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3008 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3009 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3011 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3012 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3013 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3014 describing how the process finished.")
3016 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3017 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3018 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3019 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3021 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3022 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3023 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3025 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3026 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3027 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3028 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3030 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3031 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3032 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3033 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3035 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3036 and move to the source code that caused it.
3038 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3039 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3041 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3042 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3043 Then start the next one.
3045 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3046 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3047 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3049 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3050 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3051 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3052 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3053 where grep found matches.
3055 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3056 easily repeat a grep command.
3058 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3059 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3060 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3061 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3063 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3064 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3065 Collect output in a buffer.
3066 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3067 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3069 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3070 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3072 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3073 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3074 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3075 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3076 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3078 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3080 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3081 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3082 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3083 See `compilation-mode'.
3084 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3086 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3087 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3088 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3089 See `compilation-mode'.
3090 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3092 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3093 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3095 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3096 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3098 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3099 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3100 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3101 and start at the first error.
3103 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3104 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3105 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3106 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3107 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3108 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3110 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3111 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3112 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3114 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3115 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3116 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3121 ;;;;;; (14807 56558))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3124 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3125 Toggle Partial-Completion mode.
3126 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3127 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3129 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3131 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3133 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3134 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3135 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3137 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3138 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3139 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3140 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3142 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3143 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3144 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3145 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3147 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
3148 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3149 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
3150 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3154 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3155 ;;;;;; (14635 2463))
3156 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3158 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3159 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3163 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3164 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3165 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3166 ;;;;;; (14720 1500))
3167 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3169 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3170 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3171 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3172 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3175 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3177 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3178 | | 1:tc or top-center
3179 | | 2:tr or top-right
3180 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3181 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3182 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3183 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3184 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3185 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3187 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3188 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3189 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3190 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3193 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3194 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
3195 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3197 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3201 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3205 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3208 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3209 Compose characters in the current region.
3211 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3213 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3214 specifying the region.
3216 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3217 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3219 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3220 of the text in the region.
3222 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3224 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3225 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3226 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3227 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3229 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3230 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3233 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3234 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3235 text in the composition." t nil)
3237 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3238 Decompose text in the current region.
3240 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3241 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3243 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3244 Compose characters in string STRING.
3246 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3247 the characters in it.
3249 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3250 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3251 STRING respectively.
3253 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3254 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3255 `compose-region' for more detail.
3257 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3258 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3259 text in the composition." nil nil)
3261 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3262 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3264 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3265 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3266 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3267 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3268 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3269 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3270 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3271 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3273 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3274 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3276 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3277 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3279 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3280 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3282 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3283 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3285 If no composition is found, return nil.
3287 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3288 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3290 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3291 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3292 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3294 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3296 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3298 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3299 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3300 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3302 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3304 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3306 (put (quote composition-function-table) (quote char-table-extra-slots) 0)
3308 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3309 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3311 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3312 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3313 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3314 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3315 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3317 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3318 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3320 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3321 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3323 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3324 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3325 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3326 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3327 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3328 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3329 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3332 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3334 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3335 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3337 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3339 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3341 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3342 Compose last characters.
3343 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3344 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3345 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3346 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3347 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3348 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3349 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3351 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3352 Convert CHAR to string.
3353 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3355 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3356 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3357 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3361 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3362 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3363 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3365 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3366 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3367 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3369 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3370 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3371 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3373 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3374 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3375 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3376 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3378 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3379 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3383 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3384 ;;;;;; (14463 42380))
3385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3387 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3388 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3389 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3390 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3391 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3392 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3394 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3395 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3399 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3400 ;;;;;; (14794 43550))
3401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3403 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3404 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3405 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3406 Tab indents for Perl code.
3407 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3408 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3410 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3411 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3412 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3413 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3414 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3415 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3416 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3417 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3418 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3419 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3420 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3421 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3423 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3425 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3426 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3428 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3430 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3431 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3432 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3433 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3434 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3435 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3436 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3437 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3438 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3440 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3444 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3445 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3446 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3449 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3450 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3451 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3453 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3455 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3456 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3457 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3458 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3459 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3461 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3471 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3472 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3473 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3474 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3475 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3476 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3477 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3478 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3479 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3480 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3481 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3482 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3483 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3485 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3486 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3487 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3488 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3489 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3490 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3492 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3493 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3496 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3497 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3498 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3499 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3500 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3502 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3503 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3504 span the needed amount of lines.
3506 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3507 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3508 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3509 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3511 Variables controlling indentation style:
3512 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3513 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3514 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3515 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3516 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3517 `cperl-auto-newline'
3518 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3519 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3520 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3521 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3522 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3523 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3524 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3525 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3526 `cperl-indent-level'
3527 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3528 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3529 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3530 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3531 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3532 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3533 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3534 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3535 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3536 `cperl-brace-offset'
3537 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3538 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3539 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3540 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3541 `cperl-label-offset'
3542 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3543 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3544 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3546 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3547 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3548 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3549 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3550 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3552 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3553 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3554 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3555 \(both available from menu).
3557 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3558 column 0 is indented on
3559 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3561 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3564 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3565 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3566 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3570 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3571 ;;;;;; (14726 36009))
3572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3574 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3575 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3576 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3577 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3578 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3580 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3581 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3585 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3586 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3589 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3590 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3591 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3592 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3595 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3597 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3599 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3601 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3602 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3603 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3605 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3609 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3610 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3613 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3614 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3615 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3616 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3618 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3619 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3620 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3621 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3623 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3624 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3625 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3627 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3628 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3631 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3632 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3633 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3635 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3637 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3638 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3639 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3643 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3644 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3645 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3646 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3647 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3648 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3649 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3650 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3651 ;;;;;; (14792 6641))
3652 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3653 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3655 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3656 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3658 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3659 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3661 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3662 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3664 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3666 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3667 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3669 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3670 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3672 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3673 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3675 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3676 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3678 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3679 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3681 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3683 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3684 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3685 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3686 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3688 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3689 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3691 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3692 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3694 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3695 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3697 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3699 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3700 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3701 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3702 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3703 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3705 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3706 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3708 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3709 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3711 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3713 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3714 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3716 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3717 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3718 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3719 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3720 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3722 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3723 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3726 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3728 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3729 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3730 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3732 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3733 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3734 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3736 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3737 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3739 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3740 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3742 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3743 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3745 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3746 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3747 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3748 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3749 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3750 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3751 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3753 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3754 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3755 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3757 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3758 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3760 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3761 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3763 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3764 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3765 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3766 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3767 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3768 that option." nil nil)
3770 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3771 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3772 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3773 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3774 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3775 that option." nil nil)
3777 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3778 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3780 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3781 File used for storing customization information.
3782 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3783 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3784 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3786 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3787 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3788 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3789 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3791 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3792 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3794 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3795 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3797 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3798 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3799 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3801 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3802 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3803 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3804 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3805 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3809 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3810 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14760 55195))
3811 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3813 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3814 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3816 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3817 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3818 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3820 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3822 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3823 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3824 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3826 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3830 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
3831 ;;;;;; (14807 56558))
3832 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3834 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3835 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
3839 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3840 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
3841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3843 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3844 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3846 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3847 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3848 C++ modes are included.
3850 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3852 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3855 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3856 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3858 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3859 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3861 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3865 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3866 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
3867 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
3868 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3870 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3871 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3873 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3874 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3876 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3877 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3878 For readability, the table is slightly
3879 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3881 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3882 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3883 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3884 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3885 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3889 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3890 ;;;;;; (14688 22818))
3891 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3893 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3895 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3897 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3898 Completion on current word.
3899 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3900 and presents suggestions for completion.
3902 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3903 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3906 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3907 then it searches *all* buffers.
3909 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3910 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3912 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3913 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3915 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3916 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3917 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3918 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3919 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3921 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3922 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3924 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3925 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3926 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3928 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3929 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3931 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3935 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3939 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3940 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3942 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3943 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3944 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3946 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3947 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3948 Data lines are not indented.
3953 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3955 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3956 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3957 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3958 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3960 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3963 Extra indentation within blocks.
3965 dcl-continuation-offset
3966 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3969 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3971 dcl-margin-label-offset
3972 Indentation for a label.
3974 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3975 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3977 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3978 dcl-block-end-regexp
3979 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3980 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3981 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3982 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3983 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3985 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3986 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3987 Two such functions are included in the package:
3988 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3989 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3991 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3992 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3993 One such function is included in the package:
3994 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3996 dcl-tab-always-indent
3997 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3998 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4001 dcl-electric-characters
4002 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4005 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4006 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4007 which words trigger electric indentation.
4010 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4011 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4012 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4014 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4015 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4016 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4017 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4019 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4020 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4021 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4022 dcl-imenu-label-call
4023 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4025 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4026 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4027 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4028 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4031 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4033 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4034 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4035 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4037 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4038 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4042 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4043 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4044 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4045 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4046 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4047 \"lined up with the command line\"
4049 Data lines are not indented at all.
4050 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4057 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4058 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4061 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4063 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4064 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4065 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4068 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4069 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4070 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4072 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4073 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4074 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4075 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4076 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4077 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4078 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4080 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4081 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4082 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4086 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4087 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
4088 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4090 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4091 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4093 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4094 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4095 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4096 Upper-case letters are commands.
4098 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4101 The most useful commands are:
4102 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4103 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4104 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4105 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4106 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4107 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4111 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
4112 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
4113 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4115 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4116 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4118 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4120 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4121 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4123 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4127 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
4129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4131 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4132 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4133 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4134 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4135 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4136 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4138 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4142 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4143 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4144 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4145 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4146 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4147 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4148 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4149 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4150 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4151 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4152 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4153 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4155 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4156 Directories to search when finding external units.
4157 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4158 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4162 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4163 Face used to color delphi comments.
4164 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4165 Face used to color delphi strings.
4166 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4167 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4168 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4169 Face used to color everything else.
4171 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4172 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4176 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14807
4178 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4180 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4182 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4183 Toggle Delete-Selection mode.
4184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4185 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4187 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4189 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4191 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4192 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4193 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4196 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4197 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4198 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4199 any selection." t nil)
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
4204 ;;;;;; (14638 25337))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4207 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4208 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4209 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4210 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4211 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4215 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4216 ;;;;;; (14747 44732))
4217 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4219 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4220 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4221 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4223 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4224 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4225 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4226 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4230 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4231 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4232 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4233 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4234 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4235 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4236 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4237 ;;;;;; (14775 31386))
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4240 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4241 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4242 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4244 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4245 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4246 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4248 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4249 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4250 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4251 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4253 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4254 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4255 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4256 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4258 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4259 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4261 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4262 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4263 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4265 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4266 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4268 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4270 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4272 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4274 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4275 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4277 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4279 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4280 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4282 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4284 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4286 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4290 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4291 ;;;;;; (14587 2634))
4292 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4294 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4295 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4296 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4297 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4298 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4300 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4301 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4302 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4304 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4305 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4306 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4307 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4310 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4312 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4313 european-calendar-style t \\
4314 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4315 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4316 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4318 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4319 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4320 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4321 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4325 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4326 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4327 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4329 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4330 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4332 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4333 *The command to use to run diff.")
4335 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4336 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4337 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4338 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4339 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4341 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4342 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4343 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4344 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4345 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4349 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4350 ;;;;;; (14810 32081))
4351 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4353 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4354 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4355 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4356 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4357 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4358 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4360 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4361 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4362 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4366 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4367 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4368 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4369 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4370 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14792 19858))
4371 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4373 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4374 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4375 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4376 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4377 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4379 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4380 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4382 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4383 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4384 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4385 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4386 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4388 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4389 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4391 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4392 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4393 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4394 always set this variable to t.")
4396 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4397 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4398 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4399 A value of t means move to first file.")
4401 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4402 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4403 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4404 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4405 are afterward marked with that character.")
4407 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4408 *Controls marking of copied files.
4409 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4410 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4412 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4413 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4414 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4415 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4417 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4418 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4419 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4420 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4422 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4423 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4424 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4425 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4427 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4429 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4430 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4431 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4432 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4434 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4435 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4436 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4437 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4438 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4439 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4440 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4441 list of files to make directory entries for.
4442 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4443 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4444 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4445 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4447 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4448 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4450 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4451 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4452 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4454 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4455 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4457 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4458 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4462 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4463 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4464 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4465 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4466 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4467 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4468 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4469 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4470 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4471 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4472 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4473 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4474 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14810 32082))
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4477 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4478 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4479 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4480 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4481 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4482 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4484 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4485 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4486 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4487 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4488 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4489 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4491 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4492 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4493 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4495 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4496 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4498 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4499 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4501 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4502 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4503 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4504 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4506 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4507 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4508 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4509 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4510 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4512 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4514 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4515 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4516 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4518 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4519 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4520 instead of att the end of the command.
4522 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4523 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4524 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4526 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4527 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4529 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4530 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4532 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4533 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4534 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4535 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4536 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4537 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4539 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4541 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4542 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4544 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4545 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4547 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4548 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4550 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4551 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4552 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4553 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4555 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4557 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4559 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4561 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4563 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4565 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4566 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4568 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4569 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4570 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4571 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4572 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4573 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4574 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4576 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4577 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4578 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4579 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4580 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4581 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4583 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4584 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4585 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4586 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4587 and new hard links are made in that directory
4588 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4590 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4591 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4592 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4593 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4595 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4596 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4597 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4598 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4599 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4600 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4602 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4603 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4605 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4606 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4607 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4609 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4610 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4611 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4613 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4614 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4615 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4617 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4618 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4620 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4621 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4623 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4624 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4625 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4626 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4627 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4628 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4630 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4632 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4633 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4634 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4635 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4636 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4637 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4639 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4641 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4642 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4643 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4645 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4646 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4647 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4648 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4650 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4651 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4652 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4653 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4655 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4656 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4657 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4659 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4660 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4662 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4663 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4665 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4666 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4667 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4668 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4670 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4671 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4672 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4673 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4675 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4676 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4677 Stops when a match is found.
4678 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4680 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4681 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4682 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4683 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4684 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4686 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
4687 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
4688 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
4689 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
4693 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14524 61610))
4694 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4696 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4697 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4698 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4699 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4700 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4701 buffer and try again." t nil)
4705 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4706 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4708 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4709 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4710 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4712 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4714 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4715 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4717 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4718 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4723 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4727 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4728 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4729 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4730 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4731 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4732 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4736 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4737 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4738 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4739 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4740 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14758 10468))
4741 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4743 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4744 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4746 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4747 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4748 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4749 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4750 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4752 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4753 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4754 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4755 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4756 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4758 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4759 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4761 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4762 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4764 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4765 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4767 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4768 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4770 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4771 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4773 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4774 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4775 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4776 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4778 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4779 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4780 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4783 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4784 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4786 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
4787 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
4789 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4790 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4792 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4793 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4794 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4795 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4797 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4798 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4799 European character display.
4801 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4802 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4803 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4804 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4806 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4807 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4808 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4809 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4810 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4814 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4815 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4816 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4818 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4819 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4820 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4821 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4822 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4823 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4824 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4825 Default is 2." t nil)
4829 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14747 44776))
4830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4832 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4833 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4837 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4838 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4839 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4841 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4844 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4846 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4848 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4850 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4852 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4854 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4855 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4859 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4860 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4862 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4863 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4867 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4868 ;;;;;; (14792 2673))
4869 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4871 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4872 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4876 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
4877 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-keymap easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode)
4878 ;;;;;; "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14807 56560))
4879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4881 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4883 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4884 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4885 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
4886 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
4888 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4889 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4890 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
4891 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4892 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4893 in order to build a valid keymap.
4894 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4895 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
4896 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
4897 Currently two such keyword arguments are supported:
4898 :group followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
4899 :global if non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
4900 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local." nil (quote macro))
4902 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4903 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the MODE buffer-local minor mode.
4904 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
4905 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
4906 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
4907 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
4909 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
4910 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
4911 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
4912 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
4913 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
4914 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
4915 ARGS is a list of additional arguments." nil nil)
4917 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4919 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4921 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4922 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4924 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4926 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4927 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4928 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4929 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4930 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4931 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4932 hooks for the new mode.
4934 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4936 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4938 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4939 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4940 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4942 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4943 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4945 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4946 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4947 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4949 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4950 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4954 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4955 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14702
4957 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4959 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4960 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4961 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4962 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4964 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4965 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4969 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4974 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4975 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4979 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4980 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4982 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4984 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4986 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4988 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4989 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4991 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4992 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4994 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4996 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4998 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5002 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5003 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5004 computed automatically.
5005 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5009 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5011 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5012 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5013 keyboard equivalent.
5017 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5018 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5022 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5023 expression has a non-nil value.
5027 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5028 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5032 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5036 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5037 radio: A radio button.
5038 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5039 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5041 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5045 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5046 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5050 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5052 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5053 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5054 as a solid horizontal line.
5056 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5058 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5060 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5061 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5062 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5063 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5065 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5066 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5067 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5068 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5069 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5070 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5072 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5073 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5074 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5076 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5077 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5081 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5082 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5083 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5084 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5085 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14763 38725))
5086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5088 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5089 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5091 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5092 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5094 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5095 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5098 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5099 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5100 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5101 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5103 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5104 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5105 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5107 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5108 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5109 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5110 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5112 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5114 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5115 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5116 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5118 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5120 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5121 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5123 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5124 The EPS file name has the following form:
5126 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5128 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5129 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5131 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5132 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5133 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5134 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5136 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5138 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5139 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5141 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5142 The EPS file name has the following form:
5144 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5146 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5147 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5149 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5150 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5151 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5152 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5154 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5156 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5158 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5159 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5161 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5162 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5164 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5165 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5167 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5168 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5170 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5171 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5173 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5174 Set STYLE to current style.
5176 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5178 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5179 Reset current style.
5181 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5183 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5184 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5186 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5188 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5189 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5191 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5195 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
5196 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
5197 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14727
5199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5201 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5202 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5203 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5204 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5205 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5206 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5208 Tree mode key bindings:
5209 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5211 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5212 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5214 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5215 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5216 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5217 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5220 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5221 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5222 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5223 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5225 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5226 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5227 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5229 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5230 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5231 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5232 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5236 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5237 ;;;;;; (14782 9104))
5238 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5240 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5241 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5242 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5243 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5245 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5246 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5247 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5249 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5250 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5251 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5253 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5255 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5259 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5260 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
5261 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5263 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5264 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5265 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5269 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5270 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14745 14824))
5271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5273 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5274 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5275 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5276 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5277 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5279 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5280 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5281 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5282 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5284 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5285 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5286 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5287 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5289 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5290 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5291 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5292 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5294 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5296 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5297 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5298 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5299 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5300 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5304 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5305 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5306 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5307 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5308 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5309 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5310 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5311 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5312 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5313 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
5314 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5316 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5317 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5319 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5320 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5322 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5324 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5326 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5327 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5329 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5331 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5332 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5334 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5336 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5337 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5338 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5339 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5341 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5343 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5344 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5345 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5346 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5348 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5350 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5351 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5352 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5353 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5355 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5357 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5358 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5359 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5360 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5362 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5364 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5365 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5366 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5367 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5368 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5369 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5371 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5372 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5373 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5374 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5376 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5378 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5379 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5380 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5381 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5383 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5385 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5387 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5388 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5389 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5391 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5392 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5394 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5395 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5396 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5398 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5399 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5401 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5402 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5403 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5404 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5405 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5407 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5408 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5409 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5410 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5411 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5412 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5414 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5416 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5417 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5419 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5420 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5422 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5424 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5425 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5427 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5428 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5430 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5431 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5432 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5435 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5436 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5437 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5440 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5441 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5442 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5443 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5445 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5446 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5447 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5448 and don't ask the user.
5449 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5450 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5452 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5453 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5455 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5457 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5459 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5460 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5461 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5462 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5464 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5466 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5467 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5468 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5470 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5471 Display Ediff's manual.
5472 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5476 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5477 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5478 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5480 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5485 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5487 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5489 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5491 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5495 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5496 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
5497 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5499 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5500 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5502 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5507 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5510 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5511 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5512 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5515 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5516 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5517 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5518 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5522 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5523 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5524 ;;;;;; (14634 20435))
5525 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5526 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5528 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5529 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5530 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5532 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5533 Edit a keyboard macro.
5534 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5535 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5536 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5538 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5540 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5541 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5543 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5544 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5546 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5547 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5548 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5549 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5550 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5551 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5553 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5554 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5555 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5556 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5558 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5559 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5560 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5561 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5562 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5563 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5567 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5571 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5572 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5576 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5577 ;;;;;; (14793 26118))
5578 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5580 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5581 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5582 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5583 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5584 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5585 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5586 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5587 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5589 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5590 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5592 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5593 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5594 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5595 this value is non-nil.
5597 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5598 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5599 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5601 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5602 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5603 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5605 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5609 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5610 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14716 1570))
5611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5613 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5614 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5616 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5617 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5618 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5619 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5620 from the documentation string if possible.
5622 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5625 This variable is buffer-local.")
5627 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5628 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5630 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5632 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5633 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5634 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5636 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5638 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5639 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5641 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5642 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5646 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5648 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5650 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5651 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5653 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5654 an elided material again.
5656 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5660 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5661 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5664 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5665 Initialize elint." t nil)
5669 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5670 ;;;;;; elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el"
5671 ;;;;;; (14638 40759))
5672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5674 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5675 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5676 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5678 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5679 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5680 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5682 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5683 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5684 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5686 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5687 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5688 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5690 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5692 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5693 Display current profiling results.
5694 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5695 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5700 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5701 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5702 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5704 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5705 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5706 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5710 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5711 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5712 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5713 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5714 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14675 3134))
5715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5717 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5719 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5721 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5723 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5725 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5727 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5729 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5731 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5733 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5735 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5736 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5738 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5739 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5741 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5742 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5744 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5745 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5747 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5749 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5751 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5753 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5755 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5756 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5758 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5759 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5761 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5765 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5766 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
5767 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5769 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5770 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5771 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5773 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5774 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5777 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5778 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5779 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5783 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5784 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14748 18924))
5785 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5787 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5788 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5789 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5790 text/enriched format.
5791 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5793 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5794 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5798 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5800 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5802 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5806 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14768
5808 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
5810 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
5811 Emacs shell interactive mode.
5813 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
5817 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14679
5819 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
5821 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
5822 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
5826 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
5827 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14807 56560))
5828 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
5830 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
5831 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
5832 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
5833 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
5834 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
5835 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
5836 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
5838 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
5839 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
5840 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
5842 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
5843 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
5844 The result might be any Lisp object.
5845 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
5846 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
5847 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
5849 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
5850 Report a bug in Eshell.
5851 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
5852 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5857 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5858 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5859 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5860 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
5861 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14669
5863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5865 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5866 *File name of tags table.
5867 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5868 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5869 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5870 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5872 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
5873 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
5874 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
5875 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
5877 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5878 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5879 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5880 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5881 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5882 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5884 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5885 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5886 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5887 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5888 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5890 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5891 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5892 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5893 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5895 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5896 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5897 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5898 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5899 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5901 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5902 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5903 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5904 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5906 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5907 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5908 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5909 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5910 file the tag was in." t nil)
5912 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5913 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5914 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5915 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5916 without directory names." nil nil)
5918 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5919 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5920 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5921 but does not select the buffer.
5922 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5924 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5925 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5926 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5927 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5928 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5930 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5932 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5933 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5934 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5936 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5938 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5939 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5940 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5941 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5943 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5944 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5945 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5946 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5947 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5949 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5951 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5952 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5953 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5955 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5956 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5958 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5959 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5960 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5961 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5962 around or before point.
5964 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5965 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5966 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5967 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5968 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5970 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5972 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5973 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5974 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5976 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5977 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5979 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5980 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5981 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5982 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5983 around or before point.
5985 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5986 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5987 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5988 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5989 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5991 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5993 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5994 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5995 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5997 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5998 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6000 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6001 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6002 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6004 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6005 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6006 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6007 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6008 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6010 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6012 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6013 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6014 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6016 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6017 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6018 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6020 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6021 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6023 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6024 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6025 where they were found." t nil)
6027 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6028 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6030 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6031 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6032 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6034 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6035 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6037 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6038 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6040 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6041 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6042 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6043 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6045 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6046 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6047 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6048 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6049 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6050 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6052 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6053 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6054 Stops when a match is found.
6055 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6057 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6059 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6060 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6061 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6062 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6063 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6065 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6067 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6068 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6069 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6070 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6071 directory specification." t nil)
6073 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6074 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6076 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6077 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6078 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6079 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6081 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6082 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6083 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6084 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6085 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6089 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6090 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6091 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6092 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6093 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6094 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6095 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6096 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
6097 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6099 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6101 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6102 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6103 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6104 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6106 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6107 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6110 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6111 even if the buffer is read-only.
6113 See also the descriptions of the variables
6114 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6115 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6117 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6118 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6120 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6121 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6123 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6124 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6127 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6128 buffer is read-only.
6130 See also the descriptions of the variables
6131 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6132 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6134 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6135 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6136 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6138 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6139 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6141 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6142 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6144 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6145 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6147 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6148 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6149 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6150 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6152 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6153 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6154 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6155 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6157 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6158 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6159 the primary language.
6161 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6162 buffer is read-only.
6164 See also the descriptions of the variables
6165 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6166 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6168 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6169 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6170 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6171 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6173 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6174 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6177 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6178 buffer is read-only.
6180 See also the descriptions of the variables
6181 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6182 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6184 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6185 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6186 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6188 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6189 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6191 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6192 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6193 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6194 3) convert the body into SERA.
6196 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6198 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6199 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6200 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6202 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6203 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6205 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6206 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6208 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6209 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6212 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6213 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6214 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6216 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6218 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6219 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6221 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6222 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6223 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6225 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6226 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6228 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6229 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6231 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6232 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6234 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6235 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6237 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6238 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6240 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6241 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6243 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6244 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6248 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6249 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6250 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6251 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6253 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6254 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6255 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6256 server for future sessions." t nil)
6258 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6259 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6261 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6262 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6264 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6265 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6266 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6267 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6268 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6269 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6270 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6271 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6272 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6273 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6274 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6275 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6277 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6278 Display a form to query the directory server.
6279 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6280 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6282 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6283 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6284 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6286 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version
) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
6290 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6291 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6292 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 55579))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6295 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
6296 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
6298 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
6299 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6301 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
6302 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
6304 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
6305 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
6307 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
6308 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
6312 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6313 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510))
6314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6316 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
6317 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6318 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
6320 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
6321 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
6325 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6326 ;;;;;; (14460 59510))
6327 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6329 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6330 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6335 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6336 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 3718))
6337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6339 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
6340 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6341 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil
)
6343 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
6344 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6345 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6346 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6347 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6350 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
6351 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6352 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
6354 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
6355 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6356 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6357 file modes." nil nil
)
6361 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6362 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 20274))
6363 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6365 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
6366 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6367 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6368 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6370 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6372 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6373 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6374 to generate such functions.
6376 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6377 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6378 beginning of the expanded text.
6380 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6381 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6382 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6383 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6385 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
6387 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
6388 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6389 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6391 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
6392 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6393 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6394 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
6395 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
6399 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14624 3716))
6400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6402 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
6403 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6405 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6406 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6407 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6409 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6414 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6417 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6419 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6421 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6423 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6425 f90-continuation-indent
6426 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6428 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6429 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6430 f90-indented-comment-re
6431 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6433 f90-directive-comment-re
6434 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6435 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6436 f90-break-delimiters
6437 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6438 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6439 f90-break-before-delimiters
6440 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6442 f90-beginning-ampersand
6443 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6445 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6446 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6447 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6448 f90-auto-keyword-case
6449 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6450 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6452 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6454 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6456 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6458 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6459 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
6463 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6464 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6465 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6466 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6467 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14693 39146))
6468 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6469 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
6470 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
6472 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
6473 Menu keymap for faces.")
6475 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
6477 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
6478 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6480 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
6482 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
6483 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6485 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
6487 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6488 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6490 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6492 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6493 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6495 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6497 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6498 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6500 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6502 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6503 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6505 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6507 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6509 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6511 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6513 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6514 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6515 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6516 will not show through at all will be removed.
6518 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6520 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6521 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6523 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6524 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6525 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6527 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6528 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6529 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6530 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6531 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6532 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6533 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6534 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6536 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6537 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6538 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6539 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6540 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6541 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6542 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6543 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6545 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6546 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6547 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6548 is the menu item's name.
6550 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6551 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6553 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6554 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6555 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6557 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6558 Make the region invisible.
6559 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6560 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6562 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6563 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6564 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6565 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6567 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6568 Make the region unmodifiable.
6569 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6570 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6572 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6573 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6575 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6576 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6578 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6579 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6580 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6582 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6583 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6585 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6586 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6588 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6589 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6590 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6591 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6592 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6597 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6598 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6600 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6601 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6602 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6603 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6605 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6607 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6608 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6609 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6611 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6612 - When you save the file's buffer.
6613 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6614 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6615 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6616 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6618 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6620 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6621 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6622 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6623 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6625 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6626 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6628 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6632 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6633 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6634 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 51114))
6635 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6637 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6638 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6640 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6641 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6642 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6643 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6645 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6646 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6647 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6648 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6649 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6651 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6652 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6653 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6654 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6655 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6656 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6657 internally by feedmail):
6659 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6660 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6661 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6662 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6664 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6665 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6666 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6667 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6668 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6672 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6673 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14736 20925))
6674 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6676 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6677 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6678 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6679 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6680 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6681 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6682 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6684 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6685 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6686 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6687 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6688 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6689 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6690 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6692 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6693 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6695 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6696 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6697 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6698 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6699 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6700 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6702 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6703 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6704 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6706 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6707 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6708 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6710 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6711 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6715 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6716 ;;;;;; (14767 35311))
6717 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6719 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6720 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6721 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6722 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6723 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6724 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6725 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6726 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6727 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6728 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6732 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6733 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 47797))
6734 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6736 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6737 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6738 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6739 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6740 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6742 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6743 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6744 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6745 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6747 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6748 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6749 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6751 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6753 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6754 as the final argument." t nil)
6756 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6757 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6758 and run dired on those files.
6759 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6760 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6762 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6764 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6765 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6766 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6768 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6770 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6774 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6775 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6776 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
6777 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6779 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6780 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6781 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
6783 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6785 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6786 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6787 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6789 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6790 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6792 Variables of interest include:
6794 - `ff-case-fold-search'
6795 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
6796 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6798 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
6799 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6800 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
6802 - `ff-ignore-include'
6803 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6805 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
6806 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6809 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6811 - `ff-special-constructs'
6812 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6813 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6814 extracting the filename from that construct.
6816 - `ff-other-file-alist'
6817 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6819 - `ff-search-directories'
6820 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6821 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
6823 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
6824 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6826 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
6827 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6829 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
6830 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6832 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
6833 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6835 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
6836 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6838 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6839 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6841 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6842 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
6846 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6847 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6848 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6849 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6850 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6851 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6854 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6855 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6857 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6858 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6861 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6862 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6863 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6865 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6866 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6868 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6869 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6870 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6871 it is one of the current buffers.
6873 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6874 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6875 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6877 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6878 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6880 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6882 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6883 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6885 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6887 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6888 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6890 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6891 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6894 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6895 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6897 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6898 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6900 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6901 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6902 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6903 it is one of the current buffers.
6905 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6906 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6907 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6909 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6910 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6912 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6914 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6915 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6917 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6919 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6920 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6921 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6923 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6924 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6926 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6927 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6929 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6930 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6934 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
6935 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14747 44772))
6936 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
6938 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
6939 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
6941 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
6942 Display FILE's commentary section.
6943 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
6945 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
6946 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
6950 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6951 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6952 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6954 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6955 Toggle flow control handling.
6956 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6957 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6959 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6960 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6961 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6962 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6963 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6964 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6968 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
6969 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6970 ;;;;;; (14718 57797))
6971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6973 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
6974 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
6975 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
6977 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
6978 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
6980 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
6982 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6983 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6984 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6985 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6986 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6987 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6990 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6991 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6992 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6995 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6998 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6999 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7000 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7002 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7004 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7005 in your .emacs file.
7007 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7009 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7011 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7013 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7014 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7018 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7019 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7020 ;;;;;; (14392 8635))
7021 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7023 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7024 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7026 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7027 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7029 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7030 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7032 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7033 of two major techniques:
7035 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7036 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7037 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7039 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7040 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7041 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7044 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7045 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7046 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7047 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7048 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7051 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7052 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7054 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7056 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7057 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7058 \(This is the default.)
7060 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7061 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7063 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7064 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7066 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7067 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7069 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7070 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7071 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7072 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7073 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7074 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7076 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7077 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7078 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7080 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7081 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7082 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7086 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7087 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
7088 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
7089 ;;;;;; (14807 56558))
7090 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7092 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
7093 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
7095 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7096 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7097 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7099 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7101 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7102 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7103 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7104 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7106 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7107 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7109 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7111 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7112 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7113 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7115 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7117 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7118 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7119 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7120 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7121 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7122 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7124 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7125 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7127 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7128 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7130 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7131 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7132 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7134 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7135 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7137 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7138 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7139 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7141 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7142 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7143 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7145 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7146 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
7147 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
7149 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7150 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7151 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7152 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7153 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7154 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7155 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7156 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7157 end of the current highlighting list.
7161 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7162 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7163 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7165 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7166 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7168 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7169 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7170 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7172 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7173 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7175 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7176 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
7178 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7179 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
7180 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7181 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
7182 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
7184 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
7185 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
7187 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7188 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
7189 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
7190 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
7191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7192 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7194 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7196 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7198 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7199 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7203 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7204 ;;;;;; (14652 49270))
7205 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7207 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7208 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7209 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7210 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7211 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7213 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7216 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7217 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7219 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7223 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
7225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7227 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7228 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7229 \\<message-mode-map>
7233 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7234 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7235 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7236 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7237 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7238 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7243 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7244 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
7245 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7247 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7248 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7250 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7251 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7252 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7253 C-c < forms-first-record <
7254 C-c > forms-last-record >
7255 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7256 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7257 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7258 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7259 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7260 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7261 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7262 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7263 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7264 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7267 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7268 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7270 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7271 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7275 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7276 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14798 40436))
7277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7279 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7280 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7281 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7282 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7283 with a character in column 6.")
7285 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7286 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7287 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7288 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7290 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7294 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7296 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7299 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7300 set this to the string \"!\".
7302 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7304 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7305 `fortran-structure-indent'
7306 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7308 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7309 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7310 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7311 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7312 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7313 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7314 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7315 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7316 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7317 (for TAB format continuation style).
7318 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7319 indentation for a line of code.
7321 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7322 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7323 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7324 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7325 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7326 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7327 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7328 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7329 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7330 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7331 column 5. (default 1)
7332 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7333 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7334 statements. (default nil)
7335 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7336 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7337 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7338 statement. (default nil)
7339 `fortran-continuation-string'
7340 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7341 line. (default \"$\")
7342 `fortran-comment-region'
7343 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7344 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7345 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7346 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7347 as typed. (default t)
7348 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7349 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7352 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7353 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7357 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7358 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
7359 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7361 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7362 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7364 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7365 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7367 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7368 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7371 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7372 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7373 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7374 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7375 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
7376 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7378 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7379 Each keyword should be a string.
7381 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7382 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7384 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
7385 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7386 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7388 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7390 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7392 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7393 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7394 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7395 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7397 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7398 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7402 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7403 ;;;;;; (14746 24126))
7404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7406 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7407 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7408 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7409 at places they belong to." t nil)
7413 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7414 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14807 56560))
7415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7417 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7418 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7420 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7422 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7423 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7424 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7425 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7426 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7428 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7429 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7431 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7432 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7434 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7436 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7437 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7438 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7442 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7443 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7444 ;;;;;; (14792 2673))
7445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7447 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7448 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7450 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7451 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7453 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7454 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7455 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7456 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7460 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7461 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7462 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7464 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7465 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7467 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7471 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7472 ;;;;;; (14793 26123))
7473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7475 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7476 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7480 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7481 ;;;;;; (14792 2675))
7482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7484 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7485 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
7489 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7490 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14792
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7494 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7495 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7498 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7500 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7501 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7503 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7504 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7508 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7509 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14793 26123))
7510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7512 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7513 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7514 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7516 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7517 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7521 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7522 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7525 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7527 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7528 Run batched scoring.
7529 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7533 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7534 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7535 ;;;;;; (14791 27226))
7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7538 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7539 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7540 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7541 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7544 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7545 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7546 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7547 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook." t nil)
7549 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7550 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params.
7551 It does this by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil DEFAULTGROUP)." t nil)
7553 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7554 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
7555 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
7557 If no group is defined as catch-all, the value of
7558 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used.
7560 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
7562 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7563 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
7564 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
7566 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
7568 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
7569 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
7570 existing groups are considered.
7572 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
7573 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
7576 if CATCH-ALL is not nil, and there is no selected group whose
7577 SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is there a selected group
7578 whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this group name will be appended to
7579 the returned SPLIT list, as the last element in a '| SPLIT.
7581 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
7582 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
7583 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
7584 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
7585 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
7586 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
7587 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
7588 clauses will be generated.
7590 For example, given the following group parameters:
7593 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
7594 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
7596 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
7597 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
7598 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
7599 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
7601 \((split-spec . catch-all))
7603 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
7605 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
7607 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
7608 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
7609 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
7613 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7614 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7615 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7617 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7618 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7619 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7623 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14793
7625 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
7627 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
7628 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
7629 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
7630 the Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
7632 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
7636 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7637 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7638 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7640 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7641 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7642 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7643 for matching on group names.
7645 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7646 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7648 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7650 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7654 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7655 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7658 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7659 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7663 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7664 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14793 26123))
7665 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7667 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7668 Unload all Gnus features.
7669 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
7670 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
7671 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
7673 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7674 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7678 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7679 ;;;;;; (14792 2682))
7680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7682 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7683 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008))
7688 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7690 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7691 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7692 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7693 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7694 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7696 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7697 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7698 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7700 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7701 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7702 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7706 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7707 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
7708 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7710 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7711 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7712 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7713 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7714 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7716 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7717 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7718 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7719 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7720 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7722 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7723 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7724 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7726 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7728 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7729 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7733 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7736 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7737 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7738 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7739 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7740 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7744 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7745 ;;;;;; (14750 26818))
7746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7748 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7749 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7750 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7751 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7753 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7754 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7755 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7756 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7758 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7759 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7760 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7761 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7763 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7764 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7765 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7766 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7768 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7769 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7771 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7772 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7773 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7774 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7776 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7777 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7778 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7779 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7781 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7782 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7783 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7784 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7785 between it and it's value." t nil)
7786 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
7792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7794 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7795 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7796 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7797 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7799 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7800 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7801 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7802 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7806 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7807 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7808 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7810 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7811 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7813 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7814 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7815 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7816 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7818 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7820 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7821 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7822 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7823 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7824 to be updated." t nil)
7828 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7829 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7832 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7833 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7834 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7835 and window listing and describing the options.
7836 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7837 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7841 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7842 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866))
7843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7845 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7846 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7848 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7849 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7853 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7854 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14590 1206))
7855 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7857 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7858 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7859 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7860 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7861 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7863 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7864 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7866 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7867 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7868 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7869 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7871 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7872 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7875 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7880 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7881 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7882 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7883 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7884 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7885 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7886 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7887 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7888 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7889 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7890 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7891 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7892 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7893 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7894 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7896 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7897 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7898 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7900 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7903 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7905 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7906 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7907 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7909 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7910 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7911 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7913 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7914 into the buffer at the current point.
7916 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7917 into the buffer at the current point.
7919 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7920 into the buffer at the current point.
7922 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7924 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7925 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7927 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7929 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7931 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7932 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7933 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7935 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7936 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7937 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7941 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
7942 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
7943 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14792 6214))
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
7946 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
7948 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
7949 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
7951 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7953 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
7955 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
7956 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
7958 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
7959 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
7960 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
7961 which can be called interactively, are:
7963 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
7964 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
7966 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
7967 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
7969 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
7970 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
7972 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
7973 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
7974 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
7975 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
7976 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
7977 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
7979 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
7980 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
7982 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
7983 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
7985 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
7986 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
7987 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
7990 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
7992 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
7994 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
7995 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
7997 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
7998 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
7999 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8000 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8002 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8004 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8005 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8007 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8008 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8009 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8010 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8012 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8014 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8015 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8017 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8018 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8019 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8020 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8021 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8023 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8024 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8026 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8027 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8028 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8032 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8033 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 14843))
8034 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8036 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8037 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8039 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8040 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8041 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8042 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8043 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8044 how the hiding is done:
8047 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8048 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8051 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8052 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8053 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8054 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8055 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8058 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8059 #endif lines when hiding.
8061 hide-ifdef-initially
8062 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8065 hide-ifdef-read-only
8066 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8067 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8069 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8071 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8072 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8074 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8075 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8077 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8078 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8082 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8083 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14798 40437))
8084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8086 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8087 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8089 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8090 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8091 Each element has the form
8092 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8094 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8095 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8097 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8098 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8100 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8101 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8102 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8103 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8104 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8106 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8107 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8109 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8110 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8112 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8113 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8114 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8116 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8117 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8118 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8119 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8120 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8121 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8123 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8124 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8125 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8127 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8128 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8130 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8133 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8137 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8138 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8139 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8140 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 32459))
8141 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8143 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8145 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8146 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8147 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8149 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8150 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8152 Without an argument:
8153 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8154 or passive state as determined by the variable
8155 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8158 With an argument ARG:
8159 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8160 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8161 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8163 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8164 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8165 not displayed in a different face.
8168 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8169 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8170 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8171 buffer with the contents of a file
8172 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8173 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8177 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8178 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8179 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8181 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8182 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8184 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8185 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8187 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8188 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8190 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8191 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8192 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8193 shown in the last face in the list.
8195 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8196 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8197 buffer to be saved):
8199 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8201 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8202 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8204 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8205 and must not be read-only.
8207 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8208 this function is called interactively.
8210 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8211 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8212 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8214 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8215 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8216 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8218 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8219 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8221 When called interactively:
8222 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8223 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8224 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8225 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8227 When called from a program:
8228 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8229 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8230 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8231 - otherwise just turn it on
8233 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8234 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8235 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8236 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8240 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8241 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8242 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8243 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8244 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
8245 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8247 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8248 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8249 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8250 or insert functions in this list.")
8252 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8253 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8255 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8256 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8258 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8259 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8261 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8262 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8264 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8265 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8266 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8268 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8269 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8270 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8273 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8274 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8275 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8276 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8277 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8279 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8280 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8281 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8282 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8283 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8285 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8286 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8287 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8289 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8290 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8291 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8292 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8296 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14798 40431))
8297 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8299 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8300 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
8301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8302 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8304 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8306 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8308 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8309 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8310 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8311 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8312 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8316 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8317 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
8318 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8320 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8321 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8323 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8324 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8326 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8330 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8331 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14671 47520))
8332 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
8334 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8335 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
8337 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8338 This function is absolete." t nil)
8340 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8341 This function is absolete." t nil)
8345 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8346 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8349 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8350 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8351 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
8353 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8354 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8355 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8359 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14748 55226))
8360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8362 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8363 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8364 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8365 Tab indents for Icon code.
8366 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8367 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8369 Variables controlling indentation style:
8370 icon-tab-always-indent
8371 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8374 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8375 inserted in Icon code.
8377 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8378 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8379 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8380 icon-continued-statement-offset
8381 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8382 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8383 icon-continued-brace-offset
8384 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8385 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8387 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8388 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8389 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8390 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8392 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8393 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8397 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8398 ;;;;;; (14735 57460))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8401 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8402 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8403 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8404 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8406 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8407 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8410 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8412 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8413 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8414 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8416 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8420 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8421 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
8422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8424 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8425 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8427 The main features of this mode are
8429 1. Indentation and Formatting
8430 --------------------------
8431 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8432 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8434 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8435 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8436 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8437 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8439 Comments are indented as follows:
8441 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8442 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8443 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8445 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8447 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8448 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8449 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8450 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8451 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8453 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8454 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8455 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8459 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8460 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8461 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8462 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8463 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8464 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8465 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8469 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8470 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8471 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8472 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8473 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8477 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8478 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8479 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8480 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8481 mixed or upper case.
8483 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8484 --------------------------------
8485 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8486 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8488 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8489 \\fu FUNCTION template
8490 \\c CASE statement template
8491 \\f FOR loop template
8492 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8493 \\w WHILE loop template
8494 \\i IF statement template
8495 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8498 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8499 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8501 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8502 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8503 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8505 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8506 -------------------------
8507 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8508 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8510 7. Automatic END completion
8511 ------------------------
8512 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8513 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8517 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8518 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8520 9. Documentation and Customization
8521 -------------------------------
8522 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8523 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8524 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8525 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8526 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8530 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8531 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8532 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8534 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8538 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14736 1145))
8539 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8540 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8542 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8543 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8544 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8548 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8549 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8550 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14786 3251))
8551 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8553 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8554 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8555 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8556 be determined." nil nil)
8558 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8559 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8560 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8561 be determined." nil nil)
8563 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8564 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8565 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8567 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8569 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8570 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8571 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8572 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8573 use its file extension.as image type.
8574 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8575 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8576 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
8577 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8579 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8580 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8581 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8582 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8583 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8584 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8585 POS may be an integer or marker.
8586 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8587 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8588 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8589 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8591 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8592 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8593 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8594 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8595 defaulted if you omit it.
8596 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8597 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8598 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8599 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8601 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8602 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8603 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8604 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8606 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8607 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8609 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8611 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8612 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8613 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8614 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8615 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8616 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8617 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8618 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8621 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8623 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8624 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8626 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8627 documentation string.
8629 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8630 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8631 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8632 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8633 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8634 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8635 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8640 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8641 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8645 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-image-file auto-image-file-mode image-file-name-regexp)
8646 ;;;;;; "image-file" "image-file.el" (14804 40524))
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
8649 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
8650 Return a regular expression that matches image-file filenames." nil nil)
8652 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
8653 Toggle Auto-Image-File mode.
8654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8655 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
8657 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8659 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
8661 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
8662 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
8663 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
8664 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
8666 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
8667 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
8668 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
8670 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
8671 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
8672 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
8673 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
8677 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
8678 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14782 9808))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
8681 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
8682 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8684 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8686 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8687 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8690 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8692 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8693 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8694 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8696 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8697 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8699 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8700 to create a buffer index.
8702 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8703 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8705 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8706 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8707 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8708 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8709 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8711 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8712 entries are not nested.
8714 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8715 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8716 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8717 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8719 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8720 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8722 The variable is buffer-local.
8724 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8725 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8726 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8728 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8729 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8730 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8731 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8733 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8735 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8736 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8738 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8739 of the current buffer as an alist.
8741 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8742 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8743 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8744 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8745 if it is a sub-alist.
8747 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8749 The variable is buffer-local.")
8751 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8753 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8754 Function for finding the next index position.
8756 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8757 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8758 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8761 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8762 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8764 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8766 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8768 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8769 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8771 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8772 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8773 It should return the name for that index item.
8775 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8777 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8779 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8780 Function to compare string with index item.
8782 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8783 non-nil if they match.
8785 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8786 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8787 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8790 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8792 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8794 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8795 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8796 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8798 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8800 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8802 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8803 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8804 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8805 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8807 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8808 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8810 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8812 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8813 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8814 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8815 for more information." t nil)
8819 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8820 ;;;;;; (14735 57460))
8821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8823 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8824 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8825 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8826 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8827 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8829 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8830 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8832 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8833 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8834 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8835 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8836 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8837 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8838 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8839 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8841 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8842 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8843 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8844 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8845 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8847 This variable is only used if the variable
8848 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
8850 More precise choices:
8851 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8852 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8855 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8857 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8858 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8860 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8861 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8862 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8864 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8865 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8866 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8867 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8868 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8870 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8874 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8875 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
8876 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14807 56558))
8877 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8879 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8880 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8881 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8883 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8884 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8885 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8886 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8887 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8888 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8890 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8891 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8893 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8894 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8895 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8897 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8898 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8899 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8900 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8902 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
8903 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
8905 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8906 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8907 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8908 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8909 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8911 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8912 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8913 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
8914 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8915 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8916 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8918 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8919 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8920 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8924 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8925 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8926 ;;;;;; (14711 25231))
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8929 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8930 Throw away all cached data.
8931 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8932 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8935 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8936 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8937 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8938 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8939 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8940 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8942 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8944 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8945 Display the documentation of a file.
8946 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8947 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8948 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8949 The default file name is the one found at point.
8951 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8953 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8954 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8956 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8957 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8961 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8962 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8963 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8965 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8966 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8968 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8969 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8970 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8972 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8973 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8974 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8976 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8977 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8978 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8979 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8981 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8982 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8983 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8985 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8986 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8987 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8988 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8989 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8994 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8995 ;;;;;; (14669 64271))
8996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8998 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8999 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9001 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9002 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9004 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9008 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9009 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9010 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9012 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9013 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9014 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9015 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9016 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9017 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9019 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9020 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9022 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9023 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9024 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9025 \"s gives German sharp s.
9026 /a gives a with ring.
9027 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9028 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9029 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9030 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9032 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9033 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9037 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9038 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9039 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9040 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9043 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9044 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9045 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9046 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9047 `format-alist')." t nil)
9049 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9050 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9051 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9052 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9053 `format-alist')." t nil)
9055 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9056 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9057 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9058 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9059 `format-alist')." t nil)
9061 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9062 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9063 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9064 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9065 `format-alist')." t nil)
9067 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9068 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9069 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9070 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9071 `format-alist')." t nil)
9073 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9074 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9075 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9076 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9077 `format-alist')." t nil)
9079 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9080 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9081 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9082 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9083 `format-alist')." t nil)
9085 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9086 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9087 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9088 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9089 `format-alist')." t nil)
9091 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9092 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9093 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9094 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9095 `format-alist')." t nil)
9097 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9098 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9100 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9101 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9103 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9104 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9109 ;;;;;; (14716 1570))
9110 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9111 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9112 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9113 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9117 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9118 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9119 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9120 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
9121 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
9122 ;;;;;; (14750 26861))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9125 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9126 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9128 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9129 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9131 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9132 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9134 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9135 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9136 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9137 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9139 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9140 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9141 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9143 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9145 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9147 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9149 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9151 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9153 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9155 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9156 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9158 Each element of this list is also a list:
9160 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9161 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9163 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9164 nil means the default dictionary.
9166 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9169 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9171 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9172 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9173 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9174 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9175 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9176 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9177 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9178 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9179 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9181 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9182 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9185 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9188 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9189 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9190 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9191 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9192 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9193 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9194 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9195 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9197 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9199 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9200 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9201 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9203 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9204 Key map for ispell menu.")
9206 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9207 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9208 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9209 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9211 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9213 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9215 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9217 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9219 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9221 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9222 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9223 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9224 Valid forms include:
9225 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9226 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9227 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9228 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9230 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9231 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9232 First list is used raw.
9233 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9235 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9236 for skipping in latex mode.")
9238 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9240 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9241 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9242 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9243 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9245 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9246 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9247 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9248 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9249 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9251 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9252 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9254 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9256 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9257 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9260 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9261 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9262 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9263 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9264 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9266 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9267 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9271 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9272 SPC: Accept word this time.
9273 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9274 `a': Accept word for this session.
9275 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9276 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9277 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9278 `?': Show these commands.
9279 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9280 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9281 the aborted check to be completed later.
9282 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9283 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9284 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9285 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9286 `C-l': redraws screen
9287 `C-r': recursive edit
9288 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9290 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9291 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9292 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9294 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9295 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9296 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9298 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9300 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
9302 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9303 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9304 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9305 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9307 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9308 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9310 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9311 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9313 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9314 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9316 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9317 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9318 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9319 sequence inside of a word.
9321 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9323 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9324 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9326 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9327 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9328 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9329 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer." t nil)
9331 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9332 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9333 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9335 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9336 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9338 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9339 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9341 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9342 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9343 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9344 Don't check included messages.
9346 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9347 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9348 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9350 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9351 in your .emacs file:
9352 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9353 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9354 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9355 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9357 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9358 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9359 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9363 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9364 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9365 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9366 ;;;;;; (14793 26118))
9367 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9369 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9370 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9372 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9374 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9375 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9376 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9377 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9378 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9379 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9381 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9382 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9383 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9384 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9386 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9388 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9389 Switch to another buffer.
9391 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9392 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9393 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9395 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9397 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9398 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9399 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9400 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9402 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9403 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9404 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9405 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9407 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9408 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9409 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9410 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9412 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9413 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9414 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9415 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9416 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9420 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9421 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9422 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9423 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
9424 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9426 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9428 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9429 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9430 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9431 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9432 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9433 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9434 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9435 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9437 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9438 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9439 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9440 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9442 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9443 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9444 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9445 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9446 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9448 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9449 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9450 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9451 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9453 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9454 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9455 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9456 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9458 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9459 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9461 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9462 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9463 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9464 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9465 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9467 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9468 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9469 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9470 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9471 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9473 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9474 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9475 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9479 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14672
9481 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9483 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
9484 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
9485 Turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if ARG is non-nil.
9486 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
9488 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
9491 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
9492 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
9493 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
9494 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
9495 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
9497 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
9498 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
9499 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
9500 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
9502 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
9503 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
9504 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
9505 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
9506 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
9507 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
9508 strings or comments span lines.
9510 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
9511 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
9512 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
9513 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice'." nil nil)
9517 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
9518 ;;;;;; (14807 56559))
9519 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9521 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9522 Toggle Auto-Compression mode.
9523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9524 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
9526 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9528 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
9530 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9531 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9532 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
9533 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
9537 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
9538 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
9541 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
9542 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
9543 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
9545 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
9546 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
9547 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
9548 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
9551 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
9552 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
9553 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
9557 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
9559 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
9561 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
9562 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
9563 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
9564 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
9565 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
9566 positions that contains the current selection.")
9568 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
9569 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
9570 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
9571 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9572 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
9573 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9574 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9578 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9579 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9580 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9582 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9583 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9584 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9586 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9590 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9591 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
9592 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9594 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9596 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9597 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9599 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9601 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9602 Start or resume an Lm game.
9603 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9604 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9606 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9607 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9613 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9614 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9615 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9619 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9620 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9621 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
9622 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9624 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9626 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9627 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9628 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9629 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9630 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9631 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9633 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9634 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9636 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9637 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9639 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9640 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9641 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9642 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9645 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9647 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
9651 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
9653 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
9655 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
9656 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
9657 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
9658 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
9659 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
9660 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
9661 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
9662 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
9664 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9665 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
9667 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
9669 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
9671 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
9672 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
9673 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
9674 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
9675 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
9679 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
9680 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
9681 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
9683 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
9684 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
9685 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
9686 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9688 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
9690 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
9692 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
9693 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
9694 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
9695 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
9696 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
9699 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
9700 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
9701 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
9702 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
9703 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
9705 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
9706 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
9707 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
9708 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
9709 slow to keep up with your typing.
9711 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
9712 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
9713 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
9714 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
9715 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
9716 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
9718 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
9719 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
9720 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
9721 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
9723 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
9724 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
9725 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
9726 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
9728 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
9729 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
9730 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
9731 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
9732 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
9734 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
9735 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9739 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9740 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
9741 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9743 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9744 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9746 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9747 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9749 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9750 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9752 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9753 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9754 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9755 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9756 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9757 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9758 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9759 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9760 and transmit saved text.
9762 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9763 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9765 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9769 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9770 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9772 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9773 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9774 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9775 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9776 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9780 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14789
9782 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9784 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9785 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9786 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
9787 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9791 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9792 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
9793 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9795 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9796 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9797 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9799 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9800 Run the locate command with a filter.
9802 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9803 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9807 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14651 36595))
9808 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9810 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9811 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9812 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9813 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9814 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9815 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9816 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9817 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9821 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631
9823 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9825 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9826 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
9830 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9831 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14692
9833 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9835 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9836 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9837 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9839 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9840 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9842 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9843 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9844 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9845 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9846 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9847 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9848 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9850 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9851 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9852 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9853 switch on this list.
9854 See `lpr-command'.")
9856 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9857 *Name of program for printing a file.
9859 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9860 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9861 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9862 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9863 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9864 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9867 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9868 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9869 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9870 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9872 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9873 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9875 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9876 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9877 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9878 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9880 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9881 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9883 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9884 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9886 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9887 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9888 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9889 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9891 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9892 Paginate and print the region contents.
9894 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9895 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9896 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9897 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9899 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9900 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9902 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9903 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9908 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9910 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9911 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9912 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9913 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9918 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9920 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9922 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9923 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9924 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9926 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9930 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14718
9932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9934 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9935 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9941 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9942 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9943 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9945 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9946 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9947 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9948 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9949 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9951 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9952 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9953 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9954 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9956 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9957 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9958 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9959 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9962 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9963 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9965 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9966 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9967 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9968 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9969 each time the macro executes.
9970 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9971 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9972 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9973 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9974 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9975 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9976 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9978 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9979 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9980 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9982 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9983 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9984 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9987 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9988 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9990 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9991 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9992 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9993 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9994 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9996 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9999 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10000 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10001 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10003 You could enter the names in this format:
10009 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10012 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10015 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10016 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10018 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10022 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10023 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
10024 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10026 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10027 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10028 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10029 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10031 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10032 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10033 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10034 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10035 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10037 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10038 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10039 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10040 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10042 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10043 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10047 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10048 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10049 ;;;;;; (14723 62186))
10050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10052 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10053 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10055 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10057 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10058 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10060 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10061 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10062 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10065 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10069 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10070 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10071 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14799
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10075 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10076 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10077 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10078 often correct parser.")
10080 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10082 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10083 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10084 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10085 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10087 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10088 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10089 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10090 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10092 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10093 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10094 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10095 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10097 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10098 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10099 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10100 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10101 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10102 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10106 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10107 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14747 44775))
10108 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10110 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10111 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10113 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10114 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10115 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10117 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10118 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10119 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10123 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10124 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10126 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10128 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10129 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10130 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10132 If `parens', they look like:
10133 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10134 If `angles', they look like:
10135 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10137 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10138 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10139 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10140 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10141 their `Resent-' variants.
10143 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10144 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10146 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10147 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10148 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10150 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10151 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10152 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10153 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10155 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10156 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10157 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10158 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10162 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10163 ;;;;;; (14718 57725))
10164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10166 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10167 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10168 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10170 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10172 In the browser, use the following keys:
10174 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10176 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10178 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10179 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10181 makefile-target-colon:
10182 The string that gets appended to all target names
10183 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10184 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10186 makefile-macro-assign:
10187 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10188 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10189 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10190 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10191 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10192 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10194 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10195 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10196 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10198 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10199 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10201 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10202 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10203 up or down in the browser.
10205 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10206 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10208 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10209 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10211 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10212 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10213 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10214 has been selected in the browser.
10216 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10217 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10218 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10219 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10220 filenames are omitted.
10222 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10223 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10224 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10225 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10226 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10227 the backslash itself intact.
10228 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10229 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10231 makefile-browser-hook:
10232 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10233 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10235 makefile-special-targets-list:
10236 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10237 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10238 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10242 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10244 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10246 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10247 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10248 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10252 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14754 14509))
10253 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10255 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10257 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10258 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10259 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10260 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10261 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10262 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10263 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10265 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10266 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10268 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10269 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10273 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10274 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10275 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10276 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10277 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10278 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10279 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10280 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10281 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14792 2691))
10282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10284 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10285 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10287 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10289 If `parens', they look like:
10290 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10291 If `angles', they look like:
10292 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10294 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10295 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10297 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10298 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10300 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10301 *Local news organization file.")
10303 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10304 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10305 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10306 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10308 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10309 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
10310 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
10312 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10313 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10315 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10316 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10318 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10319 *Function for citing an original message.
10320 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10321 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10322 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10324 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10325 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10326 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10327 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10328 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10330 (defvar message-signature t "\
10331 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10332 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10333 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10334 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10336 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10337 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
10339 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10341 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10342 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10343 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
10344 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
10345 C-c C-d Pospone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10346 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10347 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10348 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10349 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10350 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10351 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10352 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10353 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
10354 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10355 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
10356 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
10357 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10358 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
10359 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
10360 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
10361 C-c C-v message-delete-not-region (remove the text outside the region).
10362 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
10363 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body).
10364 C-c C-a mml-attach-file (attach a file as MIME).
10365 M-RET message-newline-and-reformat (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10367 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10368 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10369 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10371 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10372 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10374 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10375 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10377 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10378 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10380 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10381 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10382 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10384 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10385 Cancel an article you posted.
10386 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10388 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10389 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10390 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10391 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10393 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10394 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10396 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10397 Forward the current message via mail.
10398 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10399 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10401 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10402 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10404 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10405 Re-mail the current message.
10406 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10407 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10410 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10411 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10413 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10414 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10416 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10417 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10419 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10420 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10422 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10423 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10424 Works by overstriking characters.
10425 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10426 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10428 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10429 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10430 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10431 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10435 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10436 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10439 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10440 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10444 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10445 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10447 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10448 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10452 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10453 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10457 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10458 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10459 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
10460 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10462 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10463 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10464 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10466 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10467 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10468 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10469 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10470 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10471 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10472 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10474 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10475 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10476 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10477 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10478 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10480 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10481 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10483 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10484 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10485 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10486 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10487 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10489 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10490 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10494 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10495 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14747 44775))
10496 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10498 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10499 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10500 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10501 to the MH mail system.
10503 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10505 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10506 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10507 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10508 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10509 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
10510 that want to create a mail buffer.
10511 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
10513 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
10514 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
10515 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10516 to the MH mail system.
10518 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10520 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
10521 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
10522 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
10523 using the MH mail handling system.
10524 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
10527 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
10529 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
10531 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
10532 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
10533 the yanked message.
10535 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
10536 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
10537 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
10538 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
10539 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
10541 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
10542 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
10543 inserted in a draft letter.
10545 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
10546 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
10548 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
10552 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14747
10554 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
10556 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
10557 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
10558 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10559 to the MH mail system." t nil)
10561 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
10562 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
10566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
10567 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
10569 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
10570 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
10574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14484 43737))
10575 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
10577 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10579 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10581 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10583 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10587 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
10588 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 22609))
10589 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
10591 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
10592 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
10593 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
10594 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
10595 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
10596 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
10597 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
10598 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
10599 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
10600 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
10601 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
10603 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
10604 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
10605 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
10606 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10610 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
10611 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
10612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
10614 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
10615 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
10619 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
10620 ;;;;;; (14791 27300))
10621 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
10623 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
10624 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
10625 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
10626 the entire message.
10627 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
10631 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
10632 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
10633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
10635 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
10636 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
10637 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
10638 followed by the first character of the construct.
10640 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
10641 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
10642 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
10643 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
10644 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
10645 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
10646 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
10647 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
10648 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
10649 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
10650 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
10651 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
10652 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
10655 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
10656 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
10657 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
10661 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
10663 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
10665 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
10666 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
10667 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10668 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
10670 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
10672 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
10674 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
10676 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
10677 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
10678 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
10679 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
10680 Triple-clicking selects lines.
10681 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
10683 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
10684 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
10685 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
10686 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
10687 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
10689 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
10690 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
10692 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
10693 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
10695 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
10697 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
10698 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
10699 primary selection and region." t nil)
10703 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
10704 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
10706 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
10707 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
10711 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14794 43544))
10712 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
10714 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
10716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10717 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
10719 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10721 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
10723 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
10725 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10726 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
10727 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
10731 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
10732 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
10733 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
10734 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
10735 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
10736 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14763 31124))
10737 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
10739 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
10740 Display a list of all character sets.
10742 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
10743 for internal Emacs use.
10745 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
10746 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
10747 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
10748 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
10749 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
10751 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
10752 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
10753 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
10754 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
10756 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10757 but still shows the full information." t nil)
10759 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10760 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10761 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10762 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10763 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10765 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10766 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10767 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10768 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10769 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10771 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10772 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10774 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
10775 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
10777 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
10778 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
10779 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
10780 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
10781 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
10783 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10784 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10786 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10787 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10789 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10790 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10791 at the place of `..':
10792 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
10793 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
10794 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10795 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
10796 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
10797 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
10798 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10799 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10800 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10801 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10802 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10803 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10804 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10805 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
10806 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10807 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
10809 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10810 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10812 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10813 Display a list of all coding systems.
10814 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10816 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10817 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10819 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10820 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10822 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10823 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10825 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10826 Display information of FONTSET.
10827 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
10829 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10830 Display a list of all fontsets.
10831 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10832 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10833 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10835 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10836 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10838 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10839 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10841 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10842 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10843 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10844 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10846 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10847 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10848 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10850 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10851 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10852 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10856 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10857 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10858 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10859 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10860 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10861 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10862 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
10863 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10865 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10866 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10867 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10869 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
10870 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10872 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
10873 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10875 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10876 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10878 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10879 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10880 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10881 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10882 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10884 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10885 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10886 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10887 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10888 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10890 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10891 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10893 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10895 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
10896 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
10898 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
10899 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
10900 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
10902 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
10903 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
10904 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10906 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10907 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10908 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10910 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10911 longer than KEYSEQ.
10912 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10914 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10915 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10916 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10917 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10918 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10919 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10920 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10921 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10922 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10923 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10924 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10926 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10927 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10929 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10930 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10932 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10933 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10935 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10936 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10938 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10939 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10941 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10942 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10943 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10944 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10946 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10947 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10948 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10949 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10951 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10952 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10953 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10954 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10958 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 52298))
10959 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10961 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10962 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10966 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10967 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10968 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
10969 ;;;;;; (14727 65050))
10970 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
10972 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10973 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10975 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10977 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10978 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10980 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10981 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10983 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10985 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10986 Run netstat program." t nil)
10988 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10989 Run the arp program." t nil)
10991 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10992 Run the route program." t nil)
10994 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10995 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10997 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10998 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11000 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11001 Run dig program." t nil)
11003 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11004 Run ftp program." t nil)
11006 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11007 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11009 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11010 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11011 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11012 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11014 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11016 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11017 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11019 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11020 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11024 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11025 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11026 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
11027 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (14807 56559))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11030 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11032 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11034 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11036 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11038 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11040 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11041 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11042 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11043 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11044 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11046 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11047 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11049 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11050 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11051 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11052 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11054 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11055 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11057 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11058 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11059 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11061 (defvar comment-indent-function (lambda nil (if (looking-at "\\s<\\s<\\s<") 0 comment-column)) "\
11062 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11063 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11064 the comment's starting delimiter.")
11066 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11067 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11068 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11070 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11071 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11072 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11073 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11075 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11076 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11078 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11079 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11080 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11082 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11083 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11084 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11086 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11087 Set the comment column based on point.
11088 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11089 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11090 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11091 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11093 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11094 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11095 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11097 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11098 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11099 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11100 comment markers." t nil)
11102 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11103 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11104 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11105 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11106 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11107 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11108 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11109 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11111 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11112 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11114 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11115 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11116 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11117 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which
11118 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11119 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11120 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11121 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11123 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11124 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11125 This indents the body of the continued comment
11126 under the previous comment line.
11128 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11129 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11130 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11132 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11133 or comment indentation.
11135 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11136 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11140 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14792
11142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11144 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11145 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11146 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11147 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11148 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11149 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11153 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11154 ;;;;;; (14792 2696))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11157 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11158 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11159 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11163 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11164 ;;;;;; (14793 26124))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11167 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11168 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11169 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11173 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11174 ;;;;;; (14792 2698))
11175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11177 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11178 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11182 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11183 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14792 2698))
11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11186 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11187 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11189 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11190 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11192 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11193 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11197 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11198 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
11199 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11201 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11202 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11203 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11205 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11207 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11208 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11209 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11210 to future sessions." t nil)
11212 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11213 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11214 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11215 to future sessions." t nil)
11219 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11220 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
11221 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11223 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11224 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11226 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11227 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11228 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11232 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11233 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11236 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11237 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11238 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11239 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11240 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11244 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11245 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
11246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11248 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11249 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11250 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11252 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11254 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11255 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11257 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11258 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11259 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11261 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11265 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11266 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11269 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11270 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11272 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11273 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11274 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11275 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11277 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11278 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11279 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11280 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11281 is why you need this mode!).
11283 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11284 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11285 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11287 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11292 \\{octave-mode-map}
11294 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11295 ==============================================
11298 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11301 octave-auto-newline
11302 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11305 octave-blink-matching-block
11306 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11307 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11309 octave-block-offset
11310 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11313 octave-continuation-offset
11314 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11317 octave-continuation-string
11318 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11319 Default is a backslash.
11321 octave-mode-startup-message
11322 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11325 octave-send-echo-input
11326 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11327 command to the inferior Octave process.
11329 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11330 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11331 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11333 octave-send-echo-input
11334 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11336 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11338 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11339 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11341 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11342 (setq auto-mode-alist
11343 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11345 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11346 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11348 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11352 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11353 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11355 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11356 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11357 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11358 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11362 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11363 ;;;;;; (14747 44772))
11364 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11366 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11367 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
11369 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11370 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11371 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11372 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11373 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11375 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11379 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11380 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
11381 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11383 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11384 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11385 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11386 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11388 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11389 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11390 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11391 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11393 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11394 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11395 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11396 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11397 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11398 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11400 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11401 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11403 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11404 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11405 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11406 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11407 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11408 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11409 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11410 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11411 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11412 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11413 The subheadings remain visible.
11414 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11416 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11417 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11418 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11420 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11421 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11423 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11424 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11425 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11426 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11430 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14807 56559))
11431 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11433 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11434 Toggle Show-Paren mode.
11435 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11436 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11438 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11440 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11442 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11443 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11444 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11445 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
11447 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11448 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
11452 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
11454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
11456 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
11457 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
11458 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11460 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
11461 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
11463 Other useful functions are:
11465 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
11466 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
11467 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
11468 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
11469 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
11470 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
11471 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
11472 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
11473 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
11475 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
11477 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
11478 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
11479 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
11480 Indentation for case statements.
11481 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
11482 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
11484 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
11485 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
11486 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
11487 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
11488 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11489 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
11490 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
11491 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
11492 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
11493 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
11495 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
11496 pascal-separator-keywords.
11498 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
11499 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11503 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
11504 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
11505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
11507 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
11508 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
11509 The keys affected are:
11510 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
11511 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
11512 M-Backspace does undo.
11513 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
11514 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
11515 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
11519 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
11520 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14782 10868))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
11523 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
11524 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
11526 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11528 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
11529 which modify the status of the mark.
11531 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
11532 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
11534 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
11535 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
11537 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
11538 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
11539 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
11540 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
11541 turning pc-selection-mode on.
11543 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
11544 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
11546 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
11547 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
11548 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
11550 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
11551 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
11552 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
11554 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
11555 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
11557 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
11558 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
11559 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
11561 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
11562 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
11563 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
11569 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
11570 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
11571 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
11573 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
11574 Toggle PC Selection mode.
11575 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
11576 and cursor movement commands.
11577 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11578 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
11580 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11582 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
11586 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
11588 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
11590 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
11591 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
11595 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
11596 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 31121))
11597 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
11599 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11600 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
11602 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11603 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
11605 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11606 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
11608 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11609 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
11611 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
11615 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
11616 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14680 33024))
11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
11619 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11620 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
11622 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11623 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
11625 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11626 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
11630 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
11632 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
11634 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
11635 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
11636 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
11637 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
11638 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
11639 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
11643 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
11644 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
11645 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026))
11646 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
11648 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11649 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
11651 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
11653 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11654 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
11656 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11657 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
11659 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11660 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
11662 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
11664 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11665 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
11667 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11668 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
11670 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11671 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
11675 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
11676 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
11677 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14768
11679 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
11681 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
11682 Support extensible programmable completion.
11683 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
11684 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
11686 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
11687 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
11689 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
11690 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
11691 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
11693 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
11694 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
11696 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
11697 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
11698 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
11700 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
11701 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
11703 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
11704 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
11706 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
11707 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
11708 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
11709 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
11710 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
11712 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
11713 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
11717 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
11718 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
11719 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14807 56559))
11720 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
11722 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
11723 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
11724 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
11725 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11727 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
11729 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
11730 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
11731 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
11732 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11733 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11734 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
11735 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
11737 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
11738 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
11739 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
11740 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11741 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11742 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11743 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11744 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
11746 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
11747 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
11748 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11749 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11750 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11751 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
11753 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
11754 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
11755 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11756 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11757 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11758 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11759 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
11761 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
11763 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-examine) "\
11764 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
11765 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
11767 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
11768 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
11769 NIL means never do it.
11770 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
11771 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
11772 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
11774 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
11775 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
11776 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
11780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14663 20185))
11781 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
11783 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
11787 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
11788 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
11789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
11791 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
11792 Major mode for editing Perl code.
11793 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
11794 Tab indents for Perl code.
11795 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
11796 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11797 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11799 Variables controlling indentation style:
11800 perl-tab-always-indent
11801 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
11802 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11803 perl-tab-to-comment
11804 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
11805 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
11806 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
11808 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
11810 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
11811 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11812 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11813 perl-continued-statement-offset
11814 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11815 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11816 perl-continued-brace-offset
11817 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11818 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
11820 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11821 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
11822 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11823 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11825 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
11827 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
11828 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
11829 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
11830 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
11831 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
11832 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
11833 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
11835 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
11839 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
11840 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
11841 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
11843 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
11844 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
11845 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
11846 afterwards settable by these commands:
11847 C-c < Move left after insertion.
11848 C-c > Move right after insertion.
11849 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
11850 C-c . Move down after insertion.
11851 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
11852 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
11853 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
11854 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
11855 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
11856 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
11857 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
11858 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
11859 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
11860 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
11861 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
11862 with these commands:
11863 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
11864 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
11865 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
11866 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
11867 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
11868 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
11869 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
11870 Return Move to beginning of next line.
11871 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
11872 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
11873 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
11874 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
11875 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
11876 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
11877 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
11878 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
11879 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
11880 You can manipulate text with these commands:
11881 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
11882 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
11883 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
11884 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
11885 text is saved in the kill ring.
11886 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
11887 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
11888 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
11889 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
11890 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
11891 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
11892 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
11893 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
11894 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
11895 commands if invoked soon enough.
11896 You can return to the previous mode with:
11897 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
11898 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
11900 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
11902 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
11903 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
11905 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
11909 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776))
11910 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
11912 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
11913 Play pong and waste time.
11914 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
11915 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
11917 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
11919 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
11923 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
11924 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
11927 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
11928 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
11929 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
11930 can handle, whenever this is possible.
11931 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
11933 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
11934 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
11935 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
11936 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
11937 in the variable `values'." t nil)
11939 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
11940 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
11941 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
11942 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
11946 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
11947 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
11948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
11950 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
11951 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
11952 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
11954 \\{prolog-mode-map}
11955 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
11956 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11958 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
11959 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
11963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
11964 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
11966 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
11967 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
11968 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
11972 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
11974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
11976 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
11977 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
11979 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
11981 The following variables hold user options, and can
11982 be set through the `customize' command:
11984 ps-mode-auto-indent
11987 ps-mode-print-function
11989 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
11993 ps-run-error-line-numbers
11996 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12002 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12003 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12004 The keymap for this second window is:
12006 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12009 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12010 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12011 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12012 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12013 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12018 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
12019 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
12020 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
12021 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14728 33447))
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12024 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12025 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12029 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12030 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12031 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12032 changed by setting the variable
12033 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12034 The initial value of this variable is
12035 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12038 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12039 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12040 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12041 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12042 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12043 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12046 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12047 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12048 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12049 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12050 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12051 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12052 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12053 use this value, be sure to have installed
12054 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
12055 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12056 documentation of this variable).
12058 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12059 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12060 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12061 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12062 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12063 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12065 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12067 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12068 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12069 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12071 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12073 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12074 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12076 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12078 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12082 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12084 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12085 the sequence." nil nil)
12087 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12088 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12090 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12093 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12097 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12099 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12100 the sequence." nil nil)
12102 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12103 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12105 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12106 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12107 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12109 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12113 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12114 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12115 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12116 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12117 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12118 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14763 38312))
12119 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12121 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12122 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12123 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12124 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12126 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12127 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12129 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12130 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12132 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12133 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
12134 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12136 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12137 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12138 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12140 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12141 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12142 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12143 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12144 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12146 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12147 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12148 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12150 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12151 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12152 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12153 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12154 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12156 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12157 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12158 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
12159 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12161 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12163 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12164 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12165 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12166 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12167 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12169 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12171 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12172 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12173 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12175 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12177 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12178 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12179 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12180 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12181 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12183 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12185 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12186 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12188 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12189 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
12190 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12192 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12193 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12194 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12196 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12197 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
12198 using the current ps-print setup.
12199 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12200 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12202 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12203 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12204 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12206 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12207 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12208 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12210 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12211 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12213 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12214 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12216 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12217 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12219 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12221 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12223 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12224 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12226 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12227 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12229 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12231 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12233 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12235 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12236 foreground and background colors respectively.
12238 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12239 bold - use bold font.
12240 italic - use italic font.
12241 underline - put a line under text.
12242 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12243 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12244 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12245 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12246 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12248 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12252 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12253 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12254 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12255 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
12256 ;;;;;; (14801 17449))
12257 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12259 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12260 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12261 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12263 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12264 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12265 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12266 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12267 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12268 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12269 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12271 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12272 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12273 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12274 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12275 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12277 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12279 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12280 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12281 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12282 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12283 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12284 list of candidates.
12286 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12287 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12288 command to be called.
12290 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12291 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12292 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12293 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12295 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12296 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12297 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12298 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12299 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12302 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12303 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12304 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12305 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12307 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12308 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12309 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12310 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12312 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12313 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12314 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12315 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12316 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12317 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12319 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12320 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12321 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12322 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12323 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12324 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12326 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12327 covers Quail translation region.
12329 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12330 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12331 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12332 for it) is inserted.
12334 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12335 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12336 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12338 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12339 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12340 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12342 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12343 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12345 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12346 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12347 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12348 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12349 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12351 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12352 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12354 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12355 keyboard type." t nil)
12357 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12358 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12359 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12360 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12361 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12362 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12363 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12364 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12365 for the translation.
12366 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12368 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12369 it is used to handle KEY.
12371 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12372 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12373 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12374 the following annotation types are supported.
12376 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12377 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12379 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12382 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12383 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12384 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12387 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12388 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12390 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12391 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12393 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12394 which to install MAP.
12396 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12398 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12399 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12401 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12402 which to install MAP.
12404 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12406 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12407 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12408 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12409 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12410 a function, or a cons.
12411 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12412 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12413 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12414 for the translation.
12415 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
12416 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
12417 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
12418 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
12419 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12421 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12422 it is used to handle KEY.
12424 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
12425 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
12426 current Quail package.
12428 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
12429 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
12431 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
12432 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
12434 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
12435 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
12437 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
12439 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
12440 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
12442 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
12443 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
12444 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
12445 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
12446 of the Emacs source tree.
12448 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
12449 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
12451 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
12452 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
12453 of each directory." t nil)
12457 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
12458 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
12459 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
12461 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
12463 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
12464 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
12465 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
12466 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
12468 To make use of this do something like:
12470 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
12472 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
12474 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
12475 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
12477 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
12478 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12479 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12481 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
12482 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
12484 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
12485 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
12487 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
12488 is decided." t nil)
12490 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
12491 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
12493 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
12494 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12495 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12497 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
12498 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
12500 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
12501 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
12503 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
12504 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
12506 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
12508 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
12510 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
12511 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
12515 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550
12517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
12519 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
12520 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
12521 See \\[compile]." t nil)
12525 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
12526 ;;;;;; (14539 46619))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
12529 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
12530 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
12534 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
12535 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
12536 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14743 59745))
12537 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
12539 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
12540 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
12542 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
12543 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
12545 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
12546 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
12548 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
12549 Open a buffer that allows the user to choose a file to open from
12550 the list of recently opened files. The optional argument FILES may be
12551 used to specify the list, otherwise recentf-list is used. The optional
12552 argument BUFFER-NAME specifies which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
12554 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
12555 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
12557 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
12558 Toggle recentf mode.
12559 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12560 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
12562 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
12563 were operated on recently." t nil)
12567 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
12568 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
12569 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
12570 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14709
12572 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
12574 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
12575 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
12576 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
12579 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
12580 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
12582 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
12583 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
12584 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
12585 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
12588 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12589 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
12590 to be deleted." t nil)
12592 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12593 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12594 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
12596 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12597 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
12600 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12601 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12602 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
12604 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
12605 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
12607 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12608 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
12610 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
12613 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
12614 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
12616 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
12617 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
12618 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
12619 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
12620 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
12621 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
12622 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
12624 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
12625 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
12627 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
12628 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
12630 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12631 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
12632 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
12633 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
12635 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
12636 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
12637 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
12638 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
12639 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
12641 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12642 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
12644 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
12645 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
12647 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12648 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
12649 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
12651 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
12652 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
12654 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
12655 Blank out the region-rectangle.
12656 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
12658 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12659 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
12660 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
12664 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
12665 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
12666 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
12668 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
12669 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
12671 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
12672 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
12674 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
12675 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
12677 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
12678 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
12679 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
12682 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
12683 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
12684 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
12686 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
12687 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
12688 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
12690 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
12691 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
12693 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
12694 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
12696 \\{reftex-mode-map}
12697 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
12700 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
12704 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
12705 ;;;;;; (14702 57277))
12706 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
12708 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
12709 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
12710 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
12711 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
12712 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
12713 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
12715 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
12717 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
12719 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
12720 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
12721 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
12722 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
12724 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
12725 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
12726 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
12727 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
12731 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
12732 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
12735 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
12736 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
12737 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
12739 To insert new phrases, use
12740 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
12741 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
12743 To index phrases use one of:
12745 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
12746 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
12747 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
12748 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
12749 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
12751 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
12752 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
12754 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
12756 Here are all local bindings.
12758 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
12762 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
12763 ;;;;;; (14807 56560))
12764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
12766 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
12767 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
12768 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
12769 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
12770 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
12771 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
12773 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
12774 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
12776 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
12777 Return the depth of REGEXP.
12778 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
12779 in REGEXP." nil nil)
12783 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
12784 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
12786 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
12787 Repeat most recently executed command.
12788 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
12789 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
12790 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
12792 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
12793 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
12794 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
12798 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
12799 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
12800 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
12802 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
12803 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
12805 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
12806 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
12807 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
12808 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
12809 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
12810 and point is left after the salutation.
12812 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
12813 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
12814 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
12815 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
12816 left after that text.
12818 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
12821 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
12822 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
12823 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
12824 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
12828 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
12829 ;;;;;; (14808 17014))
12830 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
12832 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
12833 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
12834 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
12835 visibility of comments that precede it.
12836 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
12837 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
12838 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
12839 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
12840 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
12841 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
12842 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
12843 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
12845 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
12846 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
12847 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
12848 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
12849 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
12850 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
12854 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
12856 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
12858 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
12859 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
12863 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
12864 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
12865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
12867 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
12868 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
12870 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
12871 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
12875 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
12876 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
12877 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12879 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
12880 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
12881 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
12882 other arguments for `rlogin'.
12884 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
12886 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
12887 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
12888 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
12889 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
12891 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
12892 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
12894 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
12895 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
12897 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
12898 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
12901 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
12902 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
12903 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
12904 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
12905 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
12907 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
12908 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
12909 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
12910 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
12912 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
12913 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
12918 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
12919 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
12920 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
12921 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
12922 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
12923 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
12924 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14726 36008))
12925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
12927 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
12928 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
12929 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
12930 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
12932 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
12933 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
12934 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
12935 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
12936 value is the user's name.)
12937 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
12939 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
12940 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
12941 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
12942 which normally happens once for each message,
12943 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
12944 To make a change in this variable take effect
12945 for a message that you have already viewed,
12946 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
12948 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
12949 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
12950 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
12951 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
12953 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
12954 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
12956 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
12957 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
12958 A value of nil means don't highlight.
12959 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
12961 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
12962 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
12964 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
12965 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
12967 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
12968 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
12969 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
12970 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
12971 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
12973 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
12974 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
12976 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
12977 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
12979 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
12980 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
12982 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
12983 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
12985 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
12986 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
12988 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
12989 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
12991 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
12992 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
12994 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
12995 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
12997 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
12998 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
12999 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13000 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13002 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13003 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13005 This is set to nil by default.")
13007 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13008 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13009 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13010 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13011 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13013 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13014 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
13016 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13017 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13018 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13019 this feature is required with `require'.")
13021 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13022 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13023 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13024 the message is decoded as normal way.
13026 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13027 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13028 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13030 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13031 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13032 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13034 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13035 Read and edit incoming mail.
13036 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13037 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13038 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13040 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13041 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13042 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13043 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13045 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13047 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13048 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13049 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13050 Instead, these commands are available:
13052 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13053 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13054 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13055 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13056 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13057 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13058 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13059 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13060 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13061 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13062 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13063 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13064 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13065 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13066 till a deleted message is found.
13067 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13068 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13069 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13070 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13071 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13072 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13073 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13074 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13075 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13076 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13077 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13078 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13079 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13080 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13081 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13082 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13083 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13084 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13085 (label defaults to last one specified).
13086 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13087 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13088 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13089 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13090 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13091 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13092 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13093 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13094 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13096 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13097 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13099 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13100 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13104 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13105 ;;;;;; (14387 64265))
13106 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13108 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13109 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13113 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13114 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13115 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
13116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13118 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13119 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13120 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13122 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13123 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13124 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13126 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13128 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13129 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13130 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13131 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13132 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13134 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13135 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13136 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13137 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13138 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13142 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13143 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
13144 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13146 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13147 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13148 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13149 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13153 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13154 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13155 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
13156 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13158 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13159 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13160 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13161 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13162 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13163 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13164 a file name as a string.")
13166 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13167 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13168 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13169 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13170 buffer visiting that file.
13171 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13172 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13174 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13175 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13177 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13178 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13180 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13181 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13183 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13184 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13186 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13187 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13188 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13189 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13190 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13192 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13193 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13194 will be appended with their original headers.
13196 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13197 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13199 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13200 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13202 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13204 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13205 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13206 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13210 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13211 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13212 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
13214 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13216 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13217 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13218 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13220 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13221 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13222 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13224 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13225 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13226 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13228 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13229 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13230 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13232 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13233 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13234 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13236 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13237 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13238 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13240 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
13241 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13242 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13243 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13247 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13248 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13249 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13250 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13251 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354))
13252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13254 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13255 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13257 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13258 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13260 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13261 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13263 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13264 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13265 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13267 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13268 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13269 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13270 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13271 only look in the To and From fields.
13272 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13274 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13275 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13276 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13277 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13278 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13280 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13281 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13282 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13283 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13284 look in the whole message.
13285 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13287 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13288 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13289 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13291 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13292 *Function to decode summary-line.
13294 By default, `identity' is set.")
13296 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13297 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13298 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13299 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13300 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13301 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13302 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13304 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13305 sent by you under different user names.
13306 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13308 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13312 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
13313 ;;;;;; (14660 49436))
13314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
13316 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13317 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13318 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13319 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13323 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13324 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
13325 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13327 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13328 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13329 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
13331 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13332 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13336 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13337 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13338 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13339 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13342 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13343 *This variable is obsolete.")
13345 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13347 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13349 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
13350 *This variable is obsolete.")
13352 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
13353 *This variable is obsolete.")
13355 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
13356 *This variable is obsolete.")
13358 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
13359 *This variable is obsolete.")
13361 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
13362 *This variable is obsolete.")
13364 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
13365 This function is obsolete." t nil)
13369 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
13370 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
13371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
13373 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
13374 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
13375 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13377 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
13378 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
13379 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
13380 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
13381 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
13382 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
13385 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13386 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13387 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13388 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
13389 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13391 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
13392 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
13393 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13396 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13397 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13398 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13399 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
13400 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
13401 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
13405 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
13406 ;;;;;; (14792 2703))
13407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
13409 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
13410 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
13411 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
13413 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
13417 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
13419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
13421 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
13422 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
13423 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
13424 \\{scribe-mode-map}
13426 Interesting variables:
13428 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
13429 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
13431 scribe-electric-quote
13432 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
13434 scribe-electric-parenthesis
13435 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
13436 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
13440 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
13441 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
13442 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
13443 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
13444 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14782 12278))
13445 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
13447 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
13448 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
13450 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13452 If `parens', they look like:
13453 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13454 If `angles', they look like:
13455 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
13456 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
13457 derived from the envelope-from address.
13459 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
13460 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
13461 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
13462 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
13464 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
13465 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
13466 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
13468 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
13469 is a privileged operation.")
13471 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
13472 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
13473 This is done when the message is initialized,
13474 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
13476 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
13477 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
13478 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
13480 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
13481 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
13483 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
13484 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
13485 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
13486 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
13488 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
13489 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
13491 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
13492 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
13493 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
13495 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
13496 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
13497 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
13498 when you first send mail.")
13500 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
13501 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
13502 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
13503 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
13504 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
13506 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
13507 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
13508 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
13509 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
13510 This file need not actually exist.")
13512 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
13513 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
13514 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
13515 If a string, that string is inserted.
13516 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
13517 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
13518 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
13519 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
13521 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
13522 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
13523 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
13524 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
13525 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
13526 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
13527 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
13528 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
13529 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
13530 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
13531 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
13532 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
13533 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
13535 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
13536 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13537 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
13538 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
13539 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
13540 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13542 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
13543 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13544 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
13546 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
13547 User should not set this variable manually,
13548 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
13549 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
13550 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13551 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
13553 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
13554 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
13555 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
13556 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
13558 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
13559 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
13562 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
13564 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
13565 to move to message header fields:
13568 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
13569 when the message is initialized.
13571 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
13572 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
13574 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
13577 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
13578 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
13580 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
13581 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
13583 The second through fifth arguments,
13584 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
13585 the initial contents of those header fields.
13586 These arguments should not have final newlines.
13587 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
13588 original message being replied to, or else an action
13589 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
13590 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
13591 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
13592 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
13593 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
13594 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
13596 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
13597 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
13599 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
13600 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
13604 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14753 18953))
13605 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
13607 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
13608 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
13609 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
13610 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
13611 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
13612 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
13614 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
13618 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
13619 ;;;;;; (14501 47217))
13620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
13622 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
13623 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
13624 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
13625 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
13628 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
13629 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
13630 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
13632 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
13633 your `.emacs' file.
13635 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
13637 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
13638 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
13639 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
13641 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
13642 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
13643 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
13644 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
13645 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
13646 which this is based.
13648 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
13650 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
13651 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
13652 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
13653 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
13655 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
13656 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
13657 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
13659 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
13660 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
13661 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
13662 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
13664 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
13665 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
13666 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
13667 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
13669 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
13671 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
13672 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
13673 To work around that, do:
13674 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
13676 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
13680 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
13681 ;;;;;; (14792 2704))
13682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
13684 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
13686 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
13687 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
13688 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
13689 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
13690 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
13691 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
13693 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
13694 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
13695 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
13696 shell-specific features.
13698 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
13699 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
13700 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
13702 \\[sh-case] case statement
13703 \\[sh-for] for loop
13704 \\[sh-function] function definition
13705 \\[sh-if] if statement
13706 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
13707 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
13708 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
13709 \\[sh-select] select loop
13710 \\[sh-until] until loop
13711 \\[sh-while] while loop
13713 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
13714 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
13715 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
13716 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
13717 would indent to the way it currently is.
13718 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
13719 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
13722 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
13723 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
13724 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
13725 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
13726 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
13727 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
13729 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
13731 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
13733 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
13734 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
13735 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
13737 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
13738 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
13740 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
13744 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
13745 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
13746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
13748 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
13749 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
13751 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
13752 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
13753 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
13754 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
13757 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
13759 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
13761 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
13762 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
13763 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
13765 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
13766 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
13768 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
13769 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
13770 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
13771 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
13772 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
13773 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
13774 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
13777 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
13778 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
13779 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
13780 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
13781 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
13783 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
13784 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
13785 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
13789 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
13790 ;;;;;; (14785 16384))
13791 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
13793 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
13794 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history.
13795 For shells that match this regexp, Emacs will write out the
13796 command history when the shell finishes.")
13798 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
13799 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
13800 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
13801 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
13802 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
13803 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
13804 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
13805 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
13806 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
13807 discards input when it starts up.)
13808 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
13809 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
13810 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
13812 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13813 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13814 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13815 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
13816 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13817 `default-process-coding-system'.
13819 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
13820 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
13821 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
13822 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
13824 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13825 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
13829 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
13831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
13833 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
13834 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
13835 \\{simula-mode-map}
13836 Variables controlling indentation style:
13837 simula-tab-always-indent
13838 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
13839 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13840 simula-indent-level
13841 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
13842 simula-substatement-offset
13843 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
13844 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
13845 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
13846 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
13847 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
13848 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
13849 simula-label-offset -4711
13850 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
13851 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
13852 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
13853 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
13854 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
13855 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
13856 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
13857 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
13858 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
13859 simula-electric-indent nil
13860 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
13861 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
13862 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
13863 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
13864 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
13865 or nil if they should not be changed.
13866 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
13867 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
13868 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
13869 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
13871 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
13872 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
13874 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
13875 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
13880 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
13881 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
13882 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
13885 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
13886 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
13888 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
13889 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
13890 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
13891 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
13892 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
13894 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
13895 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
13896 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
13897 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
13898 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
13899 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
13900 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
13902 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
13903 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
13906 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
13907 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
13908 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
13909 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
13910 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
13911 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
13912 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
13914 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
13915 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
13918 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
13919 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
13921 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
13922 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
13923 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
13924 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
13926 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
13927 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
13928 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
13929 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
13931 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
13932 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
13933 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
13935 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
13936 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
13938 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
13939 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
13941 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
13942 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
13943 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
13944 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
13945 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
13946 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
13947 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
13948 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
13951 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
13952 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
13953 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
13954 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
13955 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
13956 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
13957 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
13958 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
13960 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
13961 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
13962 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
13963 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
13964 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
13967 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
13968 then: insert previously read string once more
13969 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
13970 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
13971 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
13973 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
13974 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
13976 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
13977 Insert the character you type ARG times.
13979 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
13980 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
13981 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
13982 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
13984 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
13985 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
13986 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
13990 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14747
13992 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
13994 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
13995 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
13996 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14000 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14001 ;;;;;; (14807 56560))
14002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14004 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14005 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images." t nil)
14009 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14010 ;;;;;; (14342 21630))
14011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14013 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14017 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
14018 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14020 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14021 Play the Snake game.
14022 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14024 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14026 snake-mode keybindings:
14028 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14029 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14030 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14031 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14032 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14033 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14034 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14040 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14041 ;;;;;; (14550 9134))
14042 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14044 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14045 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14046 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14047 Tab indents for C code.
14048 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14049 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14051 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14052 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14054 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14055 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14056 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14057 Tab indents for C code.
14058 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14059 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14061 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14062 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14066 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14067 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14068 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
14069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14071 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14072 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14074 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14075 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14076 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14078 For example, the form
14080 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14081 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14083 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14085 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14086 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14088 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14089 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14090 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14093 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14095 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14096 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14098 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14099 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14100 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14103 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14105 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14106 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14107 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14110 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14112 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14113 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14114 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14116 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14117 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14119 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14121 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14122 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14123 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14127 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14129 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14131 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14134 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14135 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14136 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14137 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14138 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14139 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14140 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14141 check after each move or undo)
14145 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14146 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14147 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14166 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14167 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14168 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14169 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14171 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14172 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14173 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14176 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14177 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14179 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14195 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14197 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14201 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14202 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14203 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36842))
14204 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14206 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14207 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14208 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14210 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14211 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14212 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14213 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14216 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14217 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14218 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14221 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14222 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14224 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14225 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14226 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14227 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14230 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14231 It should move point to the end of the record.
14233 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14234 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14235 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14236 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14237 starts at the beginning of the record.
14239 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14240 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14241 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14243 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14244 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14245 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14246 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14247 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14248 the sort order." t nil)
14250 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14251 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14252 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14253 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14254 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14255 the sort order." t nil)
14257 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14258 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14259 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14260 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14261 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14262 the sort order." t nil)
14264 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14265 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14266 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14267 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14268 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14269 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14270 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14271 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14272 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14274 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14275 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14276 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14277 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14278 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14279 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
14280 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14281 the sort order." t nil)
14283 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
14284 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
14285 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
14286 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
14287 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
14288 is to be used for sorting.
14289 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
14290 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
14291 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
14292 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
14293 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
14295 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
14297 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14300 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
14301 starting with the letter \"f\",
14302 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
14304 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
14305 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
14306 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
14307 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
14308 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
14309 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
14310 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14313 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
14314 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
14315 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
14316 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
14317 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
14319 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
14320 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
14321 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
14325 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
14326 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14782 10119))
14327 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
14329 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
14331 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
14332 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
14333 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
14334 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
14335 supported at a time.
14336 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
14337 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
14339 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
14340 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
14341 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
14342 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
14346 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
14347 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
14348 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
14350 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14352 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
14353 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
14354 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
14355 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
14356 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
14357 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
14359 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
14360 Check spelling of word at or before point.
14361 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
14362 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
14364 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
14365 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
14366 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
14367 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
14368 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
14370 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
14371 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
14375 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
14377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
14379 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
14380 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
14382 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
14383 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
14387 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
14388 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
14389 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14772 52869))
14390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
14392 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
14393 Show short help for the SQL modes.
14395 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
14396 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
14398 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
14400 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
14402 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
14404 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
14405 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
14406 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
14407 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
14408 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
14409 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
14410 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
14412 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
14414 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
14415 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
14416 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
14417 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
14419 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
14420 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
14421 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
14422 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
14424 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
14425 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
14426 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
14428 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
14429 Major mode to edit SQL.
14431 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
14432 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
14433 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
14436 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
14438 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
14439 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
14440 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
14441 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
14442 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
14443 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
14445 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
14446 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
14448 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
14449 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
14451 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14452 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14455 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
14456 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
14457 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
14458 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
14460 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14461 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14463 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14464 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14465 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14466 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14467 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14468 `default-process-coding-system'.
14470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14472 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
14473 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
14475 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14476 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14479 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
14480 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
14483 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14484 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14486 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14487 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14488 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14489 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14490 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14491 `default-process-coding-system'.
14493 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14495 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
14496 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
14498 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14499 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14502 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
14503 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14505 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14506 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14508 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14509 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14510 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14511 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14512 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14513 `default-process-coding-system'.
14515 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14517 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
14518 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
14520 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
14521 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
14523 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14524 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14527 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
14528 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
14529 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
14531 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14532 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14534 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14535 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14536 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14537 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14538 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14539 `default-process-coding-system'.
14541 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14543 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
14544 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
14546 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14547 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14550 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
14551 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
14554 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14555 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14557 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14558 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14559 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14560 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14561 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14562 `default-process-coding-system'.
14564 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14566 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
14567 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
14569 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14570 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14573 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
14574 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14576 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14577 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14579 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14580 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14581 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14582 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14583 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14584 `default-process-coding-system'.
14586 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14588 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
14589 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
14591 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14592 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14595 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
14596 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
14597 as defaults, if set.
14599 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14600 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14602 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14603 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14604 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14605 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14606 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14607 `default-process-coding-system'.
14609 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14611 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
14612 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
14614 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14615 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14618 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
14619 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
14621 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14622 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14624 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14625 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14626 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14627 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14628 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14629 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
14630 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
14631 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
14633 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
14634 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
14636 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14640 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
14641 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
14642 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
14643 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
14644 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
14645 ;;;;;; (14786 23249))
14646 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
14648 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
14649 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
14650 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
14651 or M-x strokes-mode.")
14653 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14655 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
14657 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
14658 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
14659 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
14660 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
14661 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
14662 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
14664 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
14666 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
14667 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
14668 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
14669 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
14670 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
14671 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
14672 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
14674 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14675 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
14676 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
14677 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
14678 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
14679 then complete the stroke with button3.
14680 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
14682 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
14683 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
14684 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
14686 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14687 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
14688 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
14690 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
14691 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
14693 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
14695 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
14696 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
14698 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
14699 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
14701 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
14703 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
14704 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
14705 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
14706 chronologically by command name.
14707 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
14709 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
14710 Toggle strokes being enabled.
14711 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
14712 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
14713 mode in all buffers when activated.
14714 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
14717 > M-x global-set-stroke
14719 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
14720 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
14723 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
14724 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
14726 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
14727 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
14728 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
14729 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
14731 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14732 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
14736 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
14737 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
14738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
14740 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
14741 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
14742 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
14743 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
14744 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
14745 original message but it does require a few things:
14747 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
14749 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
14752 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
14753 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
14756 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
14758 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
14760 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
14761 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
14762 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
14766 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
14767 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
14769 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
14770 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
14771 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
14772 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
14773 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
14775 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
14776 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
14777 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
14778 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
14779 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
14780 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
14781 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
14785 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
14786 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
14788 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
14789 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
14793 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14664 40536))
14794 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
14796 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
14797 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
14798 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
14799 Letters no longer insert themselves.
14800 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
14801 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
14802 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
14804 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
14805 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
14806 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
14807 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
14809 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
14810 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
14814 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
14815 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14651 36906))
14816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
14818 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
14819 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
14820 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
14821 Tab indents for Tcl code.
14822 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14823 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14825 Variables controlling indentation style:
14827 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
14828 tcl-continued-indent-level
14829 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
14831 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
14832 documentation for details):
14833 tcl-tab-always-indent
14834 Controls action of TAB key.
14836 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
14837 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
14838 tcl-electric-hash-style
14839 Controls action of `#' key.
14840 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
14841 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
14842 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
14843 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
14844 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
14845 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
14847 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
14848 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
14849 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
14853 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
14855 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
14856 Run inferior Tcl process.
14857 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
14858 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
14860 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
14861 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
14862 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
14866 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14550 7962))
14867 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
14868 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14870 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
14871 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
14872 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
14873 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
14874 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
14875 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
14876 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
14877 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
14879 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
14880 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
14881 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
14882 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
14886 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14700
14888 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
14890 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
14891 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
14892 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
14893 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
14894 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
14895 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
14897 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
14898 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
14900 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
14901 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
14905 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
14907 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
14909 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
14910 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
14911 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
14912 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
14913 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
14914 program as keyboard input.
14916 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
14917 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
14918 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
14919 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
14921 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
14922 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
14923 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
14924 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
14925 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
14927 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
14929 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
14930 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
14931 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
14932 terminal-redisplay-interval.
14934 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
14935 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
14936 subprocess started." t nil)
14940 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
14941 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
14943 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
14944 Play the Tetris game.
14945 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
14946 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
14947 as to form complete rows.
14949 tetris-mode keybindings:
14950 \\<tetris-mode-map>
14951 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
14952 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
14953 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14954 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
14955 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
14956 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
14957 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
14958 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
14964 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
14965 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
14966 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14967 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
14968 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
14969 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
14970 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
14971 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
14972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
14974 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
14975 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
14977 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
14978 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
14979 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
14980 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
14981 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
14983 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
14984 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
14985 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
14986 if it matches the first line of the file,
14987 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
14989 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
14990 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
14991 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
14992 if the variable is non-nil.")
14994 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
14995 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
14997 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
14998 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
14999 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15000 See the documentation of that variable.")
15002 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15003 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15004 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15005 See the documentation of that variable.")
15007 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15008 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15009 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15010 See the documentation of that variable.")
15012 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15013 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15014 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15015 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15017 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15018 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15019 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15021 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15022 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15023 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15024 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15026 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15027 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15028 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15029 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15031 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15032 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15033 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15034 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15036 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15037 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15040 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15041 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15043 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15046 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15047 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15048 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15049 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15051 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15052 window system being used. For example,
15054 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15055 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15057 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15060 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15061 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15062 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15064 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15065 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15066 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15067 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15068 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15070 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15071 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15073 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15074 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15076 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15077 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15078 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15079 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15080 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15081 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15082 says which mode to use." t nil)
15084 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15086 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15088 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15090 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15091 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15092 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15093 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15094 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15096 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15097 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15098 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15099 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15100 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15101 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15102 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15104 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15105 mismatched $'s or braces.
15112 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15114 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15115 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15116 tex-dvi-print-command
15117 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15118 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15119 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15120 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15121 tex-dvi-view-command
15122 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15123 tex-show-queue-command
15124 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15125 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15127 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15128 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15129 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15131 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15132 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15133 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15134 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15135 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15137 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15138 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15139 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15140 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15141 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15142 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15143 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15145 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15146 mismatched $'s or braces.
15153 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15155 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15156 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15157 tex-dvi-print-command
15158 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15159 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15160 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15161 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15162 tex-dvi-view-command
15163 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15164 tex-show-queue-command
15165 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15166 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15168 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15169 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15170 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15172 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15173 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15174 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15175 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15176 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15178 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15179 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15180 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15181 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15182 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15183 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15184 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15186 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15187 mismatched $'s or braces.
15194 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15196 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15197 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15198 tex-dvi-print-command
15199 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15200 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15201 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15202 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15203 tex-dvi-view-command
15204 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15205 tex-show-queue-command
15206 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15207 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15209 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15210 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
15211 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
15212 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15214 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
15218 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
15219 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 36293))
15220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
15222 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
15223 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
15224 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15225 name specified in the @setfilename command.
15227 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
15228 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
15229 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
15231 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
15232 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
15233 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
15234 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
15235 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
15237 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
15238 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
15239 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15240 names specified in the @setfilename command.
15242 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
15243 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
15244 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
15245 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
15247 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
15248 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
15252 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
15253 ;;;;;; (14810 32089))
15254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
15256 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
15257 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
15259 It has these extra commands:
15260 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
15262 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
15263 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
15264 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
15265 modified version of TeX input format.
15267 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
15268 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
15269 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
15270 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
15272 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
15273 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
15274 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
15275 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
15276 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
15277 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
15278 in the Texinfo file.
15280 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
15281 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
15282 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
15283 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
15284 move forward past the closing brace.
15286 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
15287 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
15289 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
15290 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
15291 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
15293 Here are the functions:
15295 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
15296 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15297 texinfo-sequential-node-update
15299 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15300 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15301 texinfo-master-menu
15303 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15305 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15306 which menu descriptions are indented.
15308 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
15309 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
15312 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
15313 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
15314 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
15315 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
15317 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
15318 be the first node in the file.
15320 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
15321 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
15325 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
15326 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
15327 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
15328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
15330 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
15331 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
15332 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
15334 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
15337 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
15338 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15339 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
15341 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15342 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15343 texinfo-master-menu ()
15345 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15347 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15348 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
15350 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
15351 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
15353 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
15354 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
15356 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
15357 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
15358 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
15359 `p' takes you straight through the file.
15361 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
15362 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
15365 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
15366 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
15367 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
15368 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
15372 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
15373 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
15374 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
15375 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
15377 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
15378 Compose Thai characters in the region.
15379 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15380 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
15382 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
15383 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
15385 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
15386 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
15388 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
15390 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
15391 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
15392 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15393 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15396 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
15400 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
15401 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
15402 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
15405 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
15406 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
15408 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15409 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
15410 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15411 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15412 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15414 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15415 a symbol as a valid THING.
15417 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
15418 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
15420 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15421 Return the THING at point.
15422 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15423 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15424 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15426 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15427 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
15429 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15431 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15433 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15435 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15439 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
15440 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
15441 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
15442 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
15443 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
15445 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
15447 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
15448 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
15449 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
15451 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
15452 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
15454 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
15455 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
15456 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
15458 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15459 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
15461 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15462 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
15464 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15465 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
15466 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
15467 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
15469 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15470 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
15471 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
15472 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
15474 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15476 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15477 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
15478 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
15480 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15481 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
15482 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
15484 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15486 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15490 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
15491 ;;;;;; (14780 1546))
15492 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
15494 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
15495 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
15496 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15497 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15499 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15501 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
15502 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
15503 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15504 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15506 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15510 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
15511 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14807 56560))
15512 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
15514 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
15515 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
15517 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
15518 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15519 This display updates automatically every minute.
15520 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15521 are displayed as well.
15522 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15524 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
15525 Toggle Display-Time mode.
15526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15527 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
15529 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15531 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
15533 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
15534 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15535 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
15537 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
15538 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15539 are displayed as well.
15540 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15544 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
15545 ;;;;;; (14791 27442))
15546 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
15548 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15549 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
15551 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15552 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
15553 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
15557 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
15558 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147))
15559 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
15561 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
15562 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
15563 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
15564 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
15565 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
15566 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
15567 look like one of the following:
15570 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
15571 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
15572 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
15573 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
15574 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
15575 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
15578 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
15579 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
15580 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15584 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
15585 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
15586 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
15587 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
15588 ;;;;;; (14745 1586))
15589 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
15591 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
15592 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
15593 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
15594 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
15595 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
15596 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
15597 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
15598 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
15600 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
15601 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
15602 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
15603 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
15604 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
15605 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
15606 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
15607 this function is called within a day.
15609 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
15610 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
15611 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
15612 discover the name of the project." t nil)
15614 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
15615 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
15616 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
15617 begun during the last time segment.
15619 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
15620 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
15621 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
15622 discover the reason." t nil)
15624 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
15625 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
15627 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
15628 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
15629 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
15630 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
15631 project you were working on." t nil)
15633 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
15634 Ask the user before clocking out.
15635 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
15637 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
15638 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
15639 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
15641 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
15642 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
15643 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
15644 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
15645 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
15646 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
15648 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
15649 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
15650 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
15651 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
15653 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
15654 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
15655 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
15656 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
15657 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
15658 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
15659 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
15660 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
15665 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
15666 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
15667 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
15668 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
15670 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
15672 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
15673 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
15675 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
15676 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
15678 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
15679 Perform an action at time TIME.
15680 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
15681 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
15682 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
15683 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
15684 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
15685 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15687 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15689 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
15690 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
15691 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
15692 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
15693 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15695 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15697 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
15698 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
15699 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
15700 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
15702 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
15703 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
15704 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15705 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
15707 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
15708 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
15710 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15711 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
15713 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
15714 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
15715 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
15716 The call should look like:
15717 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
15718 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
15719 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
15720 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
15721 be detected." nil (quote macro))
15725 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
15726 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14781 28209))
15727 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
15729 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
15730 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
15731 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
15732 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
15734 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
15735 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
15736 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
15737 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
15738 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
15739 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
15740 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
15744 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
15745 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14789 7949))
15746 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
15747 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
15748 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
15749 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
15751 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
15752 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
15753 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
15754 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
15755 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
15757 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
15758 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
15759 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
15760 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
15761 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
15763 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
15764 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
15765 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
15766 in the menu in two ways:
15767 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
15768 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
15769 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
15771 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
15772 keymap or an alist of alists.
15773 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
15774 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
15778 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-print todo-save-top-priorities todo-top-priorities)
15779 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14690 14754))
15780 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
15782 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
15783 List top priorities for each category.
15785 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
15786 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
15788 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
15789 between each category." t nil)
15791 (autoload (quote todo-save-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
15792 Save top priorities for each category in `todo-file-top'.
15794 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
15795 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'." t nil)
15797 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
15798 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
15799 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
15800 between each category.
15802 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
15806 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el"
15807 ;;;;;; (14801 29799))
15808 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
15810 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
15811 Toggle Tool-Bar mode.
15812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15813 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
15815 (custom-add-to-group (quote frames) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15817 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
15819 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
15820 Toggle use of the tool bar.
15821 With ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
15823 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
15824 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
15826 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
15827 Add an item to the tool bar.
15828 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
15829 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. MAP is the tool bar
15830 keymap in which to define the item; it defaults to
15831 `tool-bar-global-map'. Remaining arguments PROPS are additional items
15832 to add to the menu item specification. See Info node `(elisp)Tool
15833 Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
15835 ICON is the base name of a file cnntaining the image to use. The
15836 function will try to use first ICON.xpm, then ICON.xbm using
15837 `find-image'. If PROPS contains `:enable', a `disabled' version of
15838 the icon is generated automatically using the Laplace algorithm (see
15839 Info node `(elisp)Image Descriptors')." nil nil)
15843 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
15844 ;;;;;; (14720 1500))
15845 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
15847 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
15848 Mode for tooltip display.
15849 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
15851 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
15852 Toggle tooltip-mode.
15853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15854 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
15856 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15858 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
15862 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
15864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
15866 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
15868 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
15870 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
15871 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
15875 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
15876 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
15877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
15879 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
15880 Set scroll margins." t nil)
15882 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
15883 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
15885 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
15886 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
15890 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
15891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
15893 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
15894 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
15895 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
15896 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
15897 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
15901 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
15902 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
15903 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
15905 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
15906 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
15908 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
15909 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
15910 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
15911 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
15912 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
15913 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
15914 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
15915 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
15917 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
15918 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
15919 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
15920 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
15921 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
15922 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
15923 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
15927 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
15928 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
15929 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
15930 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
15931 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
15932 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
15934 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
15935 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
15936 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
15937 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
15938 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
15939 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
15940 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
15942 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
15943 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
15944 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
15945 accepting the proposed default buffer.
15947 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
15949 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
15950 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
15951 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
15952 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
15953 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
15954 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
15955 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
15957 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
15958 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
15960 First column's text sSs Second column's text
15963 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
15965 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
15969 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
15970 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
15971 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
15972 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14716 1568))
15973 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
15975 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
15976 Toggle typing break mode.
15977 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
15978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15979 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
15981 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15983 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
15985 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
15986 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
15988 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
15989 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
15991 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
15992 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
15993 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
15995 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
15996 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
15998 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
15999 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16000 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16002 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16003 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16004 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16005 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16006 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16007 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16009 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16010 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16011 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16012 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16014 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16015 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16017 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16018 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16020 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16021 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16022 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16024 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16025 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16026 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16027 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16028 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16029 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16030 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16032 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16033 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16035 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16036 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16037 reset the keystroke counter.
16039 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16040 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16041 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16042 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16044 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16045 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16046 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16047 `type-break-schedule' command.
16049 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16050 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16051 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16052 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16053 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16054 or not to continue.
16056 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16057 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16058 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16059 approximate good values for this.
16061 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16062 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16064 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16065 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16066 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16067 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16068 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16069 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16071 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16072 a typing break occur. They include:
16074 `type-break-query-mode'
16075 `type-break-query-function'
16076 `type-break-query-interval'
16078 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16080 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16081 Take a typing break.
16083 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16084 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16086 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16087 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16089 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16090 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16091 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16092 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16094 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16095 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16097 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16098 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16099 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16100 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16101 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16102 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16103 average typing speed.)
16105 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16106 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16107 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16108 the computed maximum threshold.
16110 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16111 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16112 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16113 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16114 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16118 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16119 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
16120 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16122 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16123 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16124 Works by overstriking underscores.
16125 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16126 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16128 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16129 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16130 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16131 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16135 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16136 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16137 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16139 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16140 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16141 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16143 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16144 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16145 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16146 following the containing message." t nil)
16150 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16151 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16154 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16155 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16156 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16157 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16158 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16159 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16161 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16162 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16166 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16167 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
16168 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16170 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16171 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16172 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16173 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16174 to refrain from editing the file
16175 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16176 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16177 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16178 in any way you like." nil nil)
16180 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16181 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16182 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16183 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16184 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16186 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16187 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16191 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16192 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14791 27471))
16193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16195 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16196 Uudecode region between START and END with external decoder.
16198 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16200 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16201 Uudecode region between START and END.
16202 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16206 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16207 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16208 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16209 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16210 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16211 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14810 32085))
16212 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16214 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16215 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16218 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
16219 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
16222 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
16223 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
16224 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
16225 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
16226 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
16227 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
16229 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
16230 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
16231 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
16232 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
16233 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
16235 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
16236 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
16238 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
16239 it will operate on the file in the current line.
16241 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
16242 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
16243 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
16244 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
16245 lock steals will raise an error.
16247 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
16249 For RCS and SCCS files:
16250 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16252 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
16253 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
16254 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
16255 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
16256 it performs a revert.
16257 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
16258 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
16259 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
16260 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
16261 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
16262 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
16263 the option to steal the lock.
16266 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16267 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
16268 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
16269 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
16270 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
16271 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
16272 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
16273 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
16274 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
16276 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
16277 Register the current file into a version control system.
16278 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
16279 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
16281 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
16282 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
16283 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
16284 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
16285 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
16286 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
16288 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
16289 Display diffs between file versions.
16290 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
16291 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
16292 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
16293 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
16295 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
16296 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
16297 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
16298 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
16300 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
16301 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
16302 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
16303 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
16305 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
16306 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
16307 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
16308 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
16309 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
16310 from the current branch.
16312 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
16314 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
16315 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
16316 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
16318 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
16319 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
16321 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
16323 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
16324 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
16326 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
16327 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
16328 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
16329 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
16330 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
16331 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
16333 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
16334 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
16335 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
16336 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
16337 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
16338 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
16340 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
16341 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
16343 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
16344 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
16345 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
16346 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
16347 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
16349 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
16350 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
16351 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
16353 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
16354 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
16356 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
16357 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
16358 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
16361 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
16363 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
16364 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
16365 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
16367 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
16368 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
16370 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
16371 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
16372 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
16373 are displayed in red, old in blue. A prefix argument specifies a
16374 factor for stretching the time scale.
16376 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
16377 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
16378 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
16379 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
16383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14777 35047))
16384 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
16385 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
16386 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
16387 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
16389 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
16393 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
16394 ;;;;;; (14810 32085))
16395 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
16397 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
16398 *Where to look for RCS master files.
16399 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16401 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
16405 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
16406 ;;;;;; (14777 35048))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
16409 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
16410 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
16411 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16413 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
16415 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
16416 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
16417 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
16418 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
16422 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
16423 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
16424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
16426 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
16427 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
16432 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
16433 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
16434 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
16435 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
16436 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
16437 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
16438 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
16439 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
16440 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
16441 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
16442 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16443 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
16444 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
16445 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
16446 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
16447 The following abbreviations can also be used:
16448 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
16449 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
16450 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16452 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
16453 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
16454 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
16456 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
16457 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
16458 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
16459 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
16460 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
16461 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
16462 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
16463 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
16464 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
16466 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
16467 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
16468 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
16469 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
16470 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
16471 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
16472 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
16473 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
16475 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
16476 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
16477 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
16480 `--' puts a single comment.
16481 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
16482 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
16483 comment in between.
16484 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
16486 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
16487 uncomments a region if already commented out.
16489 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
16490 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
16491 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
16492 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
16493 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
16494 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
16495 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
16496 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
16497 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
16498 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
16499 multi-line comments.
16501 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
16502 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
16503 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
16504 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
16505 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
16506 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
16507 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
16508 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
16509 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
16511 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
16512 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
16513 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
16514 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
16515 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
16516 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
16517 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
16518 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
16519 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
16520 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
16522 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
16523 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
16524 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
16525 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
16526 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
16527 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
16528 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
16529 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
16530 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
16531 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
16532 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
16533 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
16534 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
16536 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
16538 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
16541 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
16543 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
16544 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
16545 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
16546 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
16547 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
16549 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
16550 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
16551 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
16552 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
16553 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
16554 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
16555 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
16556 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
16557 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
16559 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
16560 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
16561 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
16562 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
16565 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
16566 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
16567 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
16568 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
16569 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
16570 the current directory for VHDL source files.
16572 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
16573 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
16574 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
16575 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
16576 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
16577 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
16578 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
16579 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
16580 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
16581 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
16582 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
16584 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
16585 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
16588 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
16589 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
16590 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
16591 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
16592 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
16593 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
16594 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
16595 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
16597 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
16598 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
16599 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
16600 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
16601 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
16602 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
16604 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
16605 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
16606 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
16607 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
16608 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
16610 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
16611 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
16612 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
16613 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
16614 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
16616 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
16617 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
16618 highlighted if written in lower case.
16620 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
16621 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
16624 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
16625 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
16626 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
16628 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
16629 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
16630 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
16632 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
16633 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
16634 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
16636 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
16637 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
16638 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
16639 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
16640 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
16641 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
16642 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
16644 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
16645 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
16646 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
16647 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
16648 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
16650 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
16651 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
16652 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
16653 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16656 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
16662 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
16663 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
16665 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
16667 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
16668 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
16669 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
16670 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
16672 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
16673 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
16674 version and release notes can be found.
16677 Bugs and Limitations:
16678 ---------------------
16680 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
16681 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
16682 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
16683 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
16684 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
16685 does not work under XEmacs.
16688 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
16689 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
16694 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
16698 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
16699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
16701 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
16702 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
16703 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
16704 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
16706 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
16707 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
16708 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
16709 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
16710 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
16712 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
16713 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
16715 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
16717 * Limitations and unsupported features
16718 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
16720 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
16721 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
16724 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
16725 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
16726 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
16727 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
16728 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
16729 for undoing a repeated change command.
16730 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
16731 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
16732 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
16735 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
16736 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
16737 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
16738 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
16739 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
16740 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
16741 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
16742 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
16744 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
16748 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
16749 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
16750 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
16751 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
16752 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
16754 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
16755 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
16757 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
16758 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
16759 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16760 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
16762 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
16763 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
16765 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
16766 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
16767 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16768 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
16770 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
16771 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
16773 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
16775 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
16779 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
16780 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
16781 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14788
16783 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
16785 (defvar view-mode nil "\
16786 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
16787 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
16788 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
16790 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
16792 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
16793 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
16794 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16795 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16796 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16797 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16798 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16800 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16802 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
16803 View FILE in View mode in another window.
16804 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
16805 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16806 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16807 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16808 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16809 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16811 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16813 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
16814 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
16815 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
16816 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16817 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16818 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16819 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16820 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16822 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16824 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
16825 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
16826 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16827 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16828 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16829 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16830 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16832 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
16834 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
16835 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
16836 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
16838 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
16839 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
16840 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
16841 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16842 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16843 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16844 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16845 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16847 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
16849 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
16850 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
16851 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
16853 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
16854 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
16855 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
16856 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16857 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16858 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16859 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16860 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16862 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
16864 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
16865 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
16866 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
16868 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
16869 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
16870 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
16872 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
16873 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
16874 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
16877 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
16878 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
16879 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
16880 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
16881 commands default to a repeat count of one.
16883 H, h, ? This message.
16884 Digits provide prefix arguments.
16885 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
16886 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
16887 > move to the end of buffer.
16888 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
16889 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
16890 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
16891 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
16892 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
16893 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
16894 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
16895 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
16896 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
16897 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
16898 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
16899 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
16900 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
16901 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
16902 Use this to view a changing file.
16903 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
16904 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
16905 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
16907 x exchanges point and mark.
16908 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
16909 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
16910 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
16911 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
16912 ' go to position saved in character register.
16913 s do forward incremental search.
16914 r do reverse incremental search.
16915 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
16916 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
16917 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
16918 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
16919 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
16920 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
16921 p searches backward for last regular expression.
16922 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
16923 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
16924 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
16925 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
16926 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
16927 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
16928 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
16929 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
16931 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
16932 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
16933 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
16934 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
16935 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
16936 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
16937 will return to that buffer.
16939 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16941 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
16942 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
16943 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
16944 `view-return-to-alist'.
16945 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
16946 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
16947 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
16949 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
16950 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
16951 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
16952 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
16953 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
16955 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
16956 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
16957 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
16958 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
16960 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16962 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
16964 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
16965 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
16969 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
16970 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
16972 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
16973 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
16977 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
16978 ;;;;;; (14651 36650))
16979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
16981 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
16982 Toggle Viper on/off.
16983 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
16985 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
16986 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
16990 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900))
16991 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
16993 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
16994 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
16996 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
16999 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17000 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17004 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
17005 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
17006 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17008 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
17009 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
17010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17011 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
17013 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
17015 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
17017 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
17019 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
17020 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17021 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17022 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17024 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17025 and off otherwise." t nil)
17029 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
17030 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
17031 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14655 26079))
17032 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17034 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17035 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
17037 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17038 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17039 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17040 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17041 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17043 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17045 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17046 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17048 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17049 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
17051 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17052 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17054 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17055 whitespace problems." t nil)
17057 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17058 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
17060 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17061 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17063 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17064 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17066 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17067 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17068 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17069 replaced with TABS).
17070 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17071 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17073 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17075 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17076 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17078 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17079 i - Indentation whitespace.
17080 l - Leading whitespace.
17081 s - Space followed by Tab.
17082 t - Trailing whitespace.
17084 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17087 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17088 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17089 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17090 always they default to 8.)
17092 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17093 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17096 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17097 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17098 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
17099 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17100 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17101 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17102 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17105 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17108 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17109 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
17110 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
17114 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17115 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
17116 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17118 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17119 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17121 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17122 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17124 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17125 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17127 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17128 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17129 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17133 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17134 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14783 22604))
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17137 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17138 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17139 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17141 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17142 Create widget of TYPE.
17143 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17145 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17146 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17150 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17151 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
17153 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17155 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17156 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17157 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17158 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17159 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17160 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17161 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17163 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17164 Select the window above the current one.
17165 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17166 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17167 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17168 negative ARG) of the current window.
17169 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17171 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17172 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17173 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17174 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17175 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17176 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
17177 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17179 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
17180 Select the window below the current one.
17181 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17182 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17183 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
17184 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17185 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17187 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
17188 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
17192 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
17193 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
17194 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
17196 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
17197 Toggle winner-mode.
17198 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17199 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
17201 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17203 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
17205 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
17206 Toggle Winner mode.
17207 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17211 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
17212 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14689 44350))
17213 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
17215 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
17216 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
17217 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
17218 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
17219 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
17220 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
17221 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
17222 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
17224 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
17225 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
17227 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
17228 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
17230 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
17231 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
17232 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
17233 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
17234 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
17235 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
17236 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
17237 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
17241 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
17242 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
17243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
17245 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
17246 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
17249 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
17250 are not implemented
17251 - Options for search and replace
17252 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
17253 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
17255 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
17258 The key bindings are:
17268 C-i indent-for-tab-command
17270 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
17271 C-l ws-repeat-search
17274 C-r scroll-down-line
17281 C-y kill-complete-line
17284 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
17285 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
17286 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
17287 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
17288 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
17289 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
17290 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
17291 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
17292 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
17293 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
17294 C-k b ws-begin-block
17295 C-k c ws-copy-block
17296 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
17298 C-k h ws-show-markers
17299 C-k i ws-indent-block
17301 C-k p ws-print-block
17304 C-k s save-some-buffers
17306 C-k u ws-exdent-block
17307 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
17308 C-k v ws-move-block
17309 C-k w ws-write-block
17311 C-k y ws-delete-block
17313 C-o c wordstar-center-line
17314 C-o b switch-to-buffer
17315 C-o j justify-current-line
17318 C-o m auto-fill-mode
17319 C-o r set-fill-column
17320 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
17321 C-o wd delete-other-windows
17322 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
17323 C-o wo other-window
17324 C-o wv split-window-vertically
17326 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
17327 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
17328 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
17329 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
17330 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
17331 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
17332 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
17333 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
17334 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
17335 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
17336 C-q a ws-query-replace
17337 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
17338 C-q c end-of-buffer
17341 C-q k ws-to-block-end
17343 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
17344 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
17345 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
17346 C-q w ws-last-error
17348 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
17353 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
17355 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
17357 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
17358 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
17359 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
17361 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
17365 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
17366 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14809 34045))
17367 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
17369 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
17370 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
17372 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
17373 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
17375 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
17376 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
17377 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
17379 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
17380 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
17384 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14734 30510))
17385 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
17387 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
17388 Zone out, completely." t nil)
17392 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
17393 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028))
17394 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
17396 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
17397 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
17399 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
17400 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
17402 Zone-mode does two things:
17404 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
17405 when saving the file
17407 - fontification" t nil)
17411 ;;; Local Variables:
17412 ;;; version-control: never
17413 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
17414 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
17416 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here